{"title":"Water Treatments \u0026 Additives","description":null,"products":[{"product_id":"seachem-prime-bonus-rhino-30-bonus-325-ml","title":"Seachem Prime Bonus Rhino +30% BONUS 325 mL","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe same concentrated Prime formula, in a 325 mL bottle with 30% extra free.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem Prime is a complete water conditioner for freshwater and marine aquariums: it removes chlorine and chloramine on contact, and binds ammonia, nitrite and nitrate into a non-toxic form for up to 48 hours. This Rhino bottle holds 325 mL — a 250 mL fill plus 30% bonus — and treats roughly 13,000 L of new water at the standard dose.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemoves chlorine and chloramine instantly\u003c\/strong\u003e when added to new or running water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetoxifies ammonia, nitrite and nitrate\u003c\/strong\u003e for up to 48 hours, without halting your biofilter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetoxifies heavy metals\u003c\/strong\u003e commonly found in tap water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-acidic\u003c\/strong\u003e — won't shift pH — and reef safe at the standard dose without over-activating a skimmer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30% bonus fill\u003c\/strong\u003e — 325 mL for the price this range is usually sold at 250 mL.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeachem\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete water conditioner (dechlorinator and ammonia\/nitrite\/nitrate detoxifier)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBottle size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e325 mL (250 mL + 30% bonus)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStandard dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL (1 capful) per 200 L of new water\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApprox. litres treated\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per litre treated\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater, marine and reef\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e725185-430\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0116043007\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 mL (1 capful) per 200 L of new water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh chloramine:\u003c\/strong\u003e a double dose (10 mL per 200 L) is safe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmmonia or nitrite emergency:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 5 times normal dose (25 mL per 200 L).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAbove 30°C\u003c\/strong\u003e with low chlorine or ammonia: use a half dose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRe-dose every 24–48 hours if ammonia or nitrite remain elevated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater, marine and reef aquariums, new water and emergency ammonia\/nitrite control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e replacing regular water changes — Prime detoxifies, it doesn't remove waste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA sulfur-like smell after dosing is normal. Standard liquid ammonia test kits can show a false positive after dosing since Prime's ammonia bond isn't reversed by the Nessler reagent most kits use — a Seachem MultiTest Ammonia kit reads correctly. Keep out of reach of children.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by your rights under Australian Consumer Law in addition to any manufacturer terms. Standard parcel freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow is the Rhino bottle different from standard Prime?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSame formula and dose rate — the Rhino bottle simply holds 30% more than the standard 250 mL bottle for the same fill line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes Prime remove nitrate?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt detoxifies nitrate into a less harmful form for up to 48 hours, the same as ammonia and nitrite — it doesn't strip nitrate from the system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this affect my protein skimmer?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt the standard reef dose, Prime doesn't over-activate skimmers the way some older conditioners can.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773851881763,"sku":"725185-430","price":35.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/0430-prime-rhino-325_ml-scaled-scaled.png?v=1782710313"},{"product_id":"seachem-pristine-bonus-rhino-30-bonus-325-ml","title":"Seachem Pristine Bonus Rhino +30% BONUS 325 mL","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe same Pristine bacterial blend, in a 325 mL bottle with 30% extra free.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem Pristine uses bio-augmentation to digest sludge, detritus, uneaten food and excess nutrients in freshwater and marine aquariums. This Rhino bottle holds 325 mL — a 250 mL fill plus 30% bonus.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigests organic waste\u003c\/strong\u003e — sludge, detritus, uneaten food and oily surface film from overfeeding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeeps working in low-oxygen conditions\u003c\/strong\u003e, continuing to multiply where ordinary nitrifying bacteria stall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImproves clarity\u003c\/strong\u003e as established colonies trap fine particles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30% bonus fill\u003c\/strong\u003e — 325 mL for the price this range is usually sold at 250 mL.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFresh and marine safe.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeachem\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBio-augmentation bacteria (waste and sludge control)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBottle size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e325 mL (250 mL + 30% bonus)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInitial dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL (1 capful) per 40 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaintenance dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL (1 capful) per 80 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApprox. litres treated (initial dose)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,600 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per litre treated\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShelf life\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 years from date of manufacture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e725187-1248\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0116012485\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInitial dose:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 mL (1 capful) per 40 L.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance dose:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 mL (1 capful) per 80 L, when adding livestock or after cleaning or medicating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShake well before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn off UV sterilisers and ozone before dosing; leave off for 2–3 days while the bacteria establish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove antibiotics with fresh carbon and a water change before dosing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater and marine aquariums with sludge, detritus or excess nutrient load.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e use while UV or ozone is running — switch off first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by your rights under Australian Consumer Law in addition to any manufacturer terms. Standard parcel freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow is the Rhino bottle different from standard Pristine?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSame formula and dose rate — the Rhino bottle holds 30% more than the standard 250 mL bottle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I dose Pristine and Prime on the same day?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, they do different jobs — Prime conditions the water, Pristine digests waste — and are commonly used together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill Pristine cloud my water?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — established colonies improve clarity by trapping fine particles, rather than clouding it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773851914531,"sku":"725187-1248","price":37.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/1248-pristine-rhino-325_ml-scaled-scaled.png?v=1782710366"},{"product_id":"seachem-stability-bonus-rhino-30-bonus-325-ml","title":"Seachem Stability Bonus Rhino +30% BONUS 325 mL","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGet 30% more Seachem Stability for the same price: a full 325 mL in the bonus Rhino bottle (250 mL + 30% free), enough to rapidly seed the biofilter in a new tank and help prevent new tank syndrome.\u003c\/strong\u003e Stability contains a synergistic blend of aerobic, anaerobic and facultative bacteria that break down waste organics, ammonia, nitrite and nitrate in both freshwater and marine aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBroad tolerance of temperature, pH and organic load, staying effective where competing blends can crash\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNon-sulfur-fixing bacteria, so it will not produce toxic hydrogen sulphide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHarmless to fish, invertebrates and plants, with no danger of overdosing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDormant spore form: no refrigeration required, activates once diluted in aquarium water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoes not affect pH, GH or KH: it is purely a bacterial supplement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorks well alongside a biological filter medium such as Seachem Matrix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePack size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e325 mL total (250 mL + 30% bonus = 75 mL free), Rhino bottle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eForm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLiquid suspension of dormant bacterial spores\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBacteria type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAerobic, anaerobic and facultative (non-sulfur-fixing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater suitability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine (saltwater)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf life\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 years from date of manufacture, stored at room temperature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShake well before use and switch off UV sterilisers or ozone equipment while dosing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNew tank, day 1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL (1 capful) per 40 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOnce, on setup day\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNew tank, days 2-7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL per 80 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDaily for 7 consecutive days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaintenance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL per 80 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMonthly, at each water change, when adding new fish, or when medicating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCost per litre\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWorking: the 325 mL bottle holds 65 maintenance doses (325 mL ÷ 5 mL per dose). At the maintenance rate of one dose per 80 L, that maintains 5,200 L of tank water (65 × 80 L) across the life of the bottle. At $32.95 for 325 mL, that is $32.95 ÷ 5,200 L, which works out to under 1c per litre of tank water maintained.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for \/ Not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e new freshwater and marine aquariums being cycled, established tanks after a water change, when adding new fish, when medicating, and for fishless cycling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e replacing regular water testing and water changes; instantly completing the nitrogen cycle (most tanks still take 4 to 6 weeks even with bacterial additives); or adjusting pH, GH or KH.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTurn off UV sterilisers and ozone equipment while dosing, as these can kill the bacteria before they establish. Stability is non-toxic to fish, invertebrates, plants and biological filtration, with no overdose risk under normal use. Store at room temperature out of direct sunlight and keep out of reach of children.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is backed by Seachem's manufacturer quality assurance, in addition to the consumer guarantees you are automatically entitled to under Australian Consumer Law, covering faults, defects and products not matching their description. Contact us if your bottle arrives damaged or faulty and we will arrange a remedy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I add fish straight away?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Fish and other livestock can be introduced at any time, as long as the 7-day dosing schedule is completed as directed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow long does a full tank cycle take?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery tank cycles at its own pace depending on stocking, filtration and organic load, but most tanks dosed with Stability complete a full cycle within 4 to 6 weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat should I use for an ammonia spike?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor an emergency ammonia reading, Seachem recommends Seachem AmGuard alongside continued Stability dosing to keep supporting the biofilter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I run a fishless cycle?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Add a pinch of fish food daily as an ammonia source until your test kit registers ammonia, then continue the Stability dosing schedule until the tank cycles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes Stability affect pH, GH or KH?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Stability is a bacterial supplement only and has no impact on pH, GH or KH.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhy is this called the Rhino bottle?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Rhino bottle is Seachem's bonus-size packaging: 30% extra product (325 mL instead of 250 mL) in the same bottle format, for genuine added value over the standard size.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773852209443,"sku":"725186-120","price":32.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/0120-stability-rhino-325_ml-scaled-scaled.png?v=1782710366"},{"product_id":"seachem-clarity-bonus-rhino-30-bonus-325-ml","title":"Seachem Clarity Bonus Rhino +30% BONUS 325 mL","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThirty percent more clarifier in the promotional Rhino bottle.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is Seachem Clarity in a 325 mL bonus bottle — the usual 250 mL fill plus 30% extra. At the label rate of 5 mL per 80 L that is 65 capfuls, enough to dose up to 5,200 L of aquarium water in total. The formula is identical to every other Clarity bottle: reef safe, plant safe, and effective on cloudiness in freshwater, marine and reef systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e65 capfuls instead of 50\u003c\/strong\u003e — fifteen extra doses over the standard 250 mL bottle, at the same fill price point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSame formula, bigger fill\u003c\/strong\u003e — nothing about the chemistry changes; only the volume in the bottle does.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandles every clouding type\u003c\/strong\u003e — precipitating and flocculating agents in one bottle, so bacterial blooms, algal blooms and plain particulate haze all respond.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReef and plant safe as directed\u003c\/strong\u003e — it does not strip soluble nutrients or trace minerals from the water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClears in 1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e — with a repeat dose available after 24 hours if the haze persists.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePromotional stock\u003c\/strong\u003e — the Rhino bonus fill is a run, not a permanent size, so it is here while it lasts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/strong\u003e — at the label rate, the 325 mL bonus bottle treats water for under 1c per litre, cheaper per litre than the standard 250 mL fill at the same price.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat the bonus size actually gets you\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBottle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFill\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapfuls of 5 mL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal water dosed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per litre\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e100 mL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,600 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e250 mL standard\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e325 mL Rhino bonus\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mL plus 30% extra\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5,200 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e500 mL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn a 200 L tank, one dose is 12.5 mL. The bonus bottle therefore carries 26 full-tank doses where the standard 250 mL carries 20.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat kind of cloudy water is it, and will Clarity help?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCloudiness has several unrelated causes, and Seachem Clarity is the right answer to some of them and the wrong answer to others. The honest version:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCause\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat it looks like\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDoes Clarity help\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNew-tank bacterial bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMilky white haze, usually days 3–14\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — it clumps the bacteria for the filter. The bloom still ends when the biofilter matures, not when you dose.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisturbed substrate or new sand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine grey or brown dust through the water column\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — this is the fastest case, typically clear in an hour or two.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAlgal bloom, or green water\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEven green tint you cannot see through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, as a reset — but the light and nutrient cause has to be dealt with or it returns.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDebris after a rescape\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFloating fragments and grit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, provided the mechanical media is fresh enough to hold the load.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDissolved organics\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTea-coloured or yellow, but clear rather than hazy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo — nothing is suspended to clump. Use \u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-purigen\"\u003ePurigen\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-matrixcarbon\"\u003eMatrixCarbon\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDose Seachem Clarity at 1 capful (5 mL) per 80 L, near the filter intake. Repeat every 24 hours if required. Mechanical filtration must be running — fine filter floss is what actually catches the clumps, and a coarse sponge will let most of them through.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect the tank to look cloudier for a short period straight after dosing. That is the flocculant binding particles together, and clearing follows within one to two hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the floss once the water clears. A heavy clearing job can load it enough to need rinsing or replacing more than once.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn very soft, lightly buffered water, Seachem advises a quarter to a half dose first, with an eye on pH, before going to the full rate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeachem\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater clarifier — combined precipitant and polymeric flocculant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBottle size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e325 mL — 250 mL plus 30% bonus fill\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapfuls per bottle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal water dosed per bottle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 5,200 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater, marine and reef\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDose rate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL (1 capful) per 80 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRepeat interval\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEvery 24 hours as needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTime to clear\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTypically 1–2 hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReef safe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, used as directed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant safe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, used as directed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRequires mechanical filtration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — fine filter floss recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who already knows Clarity works for them and wants more of it per bottle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMulti-tank racks and fishrooms, where one clouding event can mean several tanks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquascapers who disturb substrate often\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew setups, where the fortnight-long bacterial bloom can take repeat doses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks with no mechanical media in the flow path\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYellowing from dissolved organics, which needs chemical filtration instead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone wanting a single small bottle for a one-off event — the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-clarity\"\u003e100 mL standard size\u003c\/a\u003e is the sensible buy there\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety and handling\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children and away from food.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not exceed the stated dose. Extra flocculant does not clear water faster; it just loads the filter harder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWatch flow through the filter after a heavy dose, since loaded floss can restrict it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore sealed, cool, and out of direct sunlight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeachem publishes a Safety Data Sheet for this product at sds.seachem.com.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-clarity\"\u003eSeachem Clarity in standard sizes\u003c\/a\u003e — 100 mL, 250 mL and 500 mL for when the bonus run finishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-purigen\"\u003eSeachem Purigen\u003c\/a\u003e — for the yellowing and dissolved organics a clarifier cannot address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-stability\"\u003eSeachem Stability\u003c\/a\u003e — for the biofilter behind a new-tank bacterial bloom\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-the-bag-13-x-25cm\"\u003eSeachem The Bag\u003c\/a\u003e — keeps media in the flow where the clumps are travelling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-prime\"\u003eSeachem Prime\u003c\/a\u003e — for the water change that usually follows a clearing job\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty, delivery and Australian notes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a consumable water treatment, so no manufacturer equipment warranty applies. Your rights under the Australian Consumer Law apply in addition to anything the manufacturer states, including the guarantees that goods are of acceptable quality and fit for the purpose described.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 325 mL bottle is well under one litre and ships as an ordinary parcel. Bonus fills are promotional production runs, so the size is available only while that stock lasts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the bonus bottle the same product as standard Clarity?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The formula is identical. The only difference is the fill — 325 mL instead of 250 mL, which is the standard bottle plus 30% extra.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow many doses does the 325 mL bottle give?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSixty-five capfuls of 5 mL. At the label rate of 5 mL per 80 L that doses up to 5,200 L of aquarium water in total, or 26 full doses on a 200 L tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes Clarity remove fertiliser or trace elements?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Seachem states that Clarity removes suspended particulates only and does not strip soluble nutrients or trace minerals, so planted-tank fertiliser and reef supplement routines carry on unchanged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill Clarity clog the filter?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt loads mechanical media faster than normal, because that media is now catching everything the clarifier has clumped together. Plan on rinsing or replacing filter floss once or twice while the tank clears.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow long does an opened bottle keep?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeachem does not publish a fixed shelf life after opening for this product. Keep it sealed, cool and out of direct sunlight, and buy a size you will realistically use.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773852274979,"sku":"725184-140","price":32.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/0140-clarity-rhino-325_ml-scaled-scaled.png?v=1782710367"},{"product_id":"seachem-axolotl-conditioner-250ml","title":"Seachem Axolotl Conditioner 250ml","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTap water made safe for the most ammonia-sensitive animal in the room.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem Axolotl Conditioner is a concentrated water conditioner formulated for axolotl tanks. It removes chlorine and chloramine from tap water and detoxifies ammonia, nitrite and nitrate. One 5 mL capful treats 160 litres, so a 250 mL bottle covers roughly 8,000 litres of water changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemoves chlorine and chloramine\u003c\/strong\u003e — both are used in Australian mains supplies, and chloramine does not gas off if you leave a bucket standing overnight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetoxifies ammonia\u003c\/strong\u003e — converts it to a form that will not burn gills but is still available to the bacteria in your filter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetoxifies nitrite and nitrate\u003c\/strong\u003e — which is why it earns its place during a cycle, when the spikes do the damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBinds heavy metals\u003c\/strong\u003e at the concentrations found in typical tap water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-acidic\u003c\/strong\u003e — it will not pull your pH down, so it can be dosed without chasing the reading afterwards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConcentrated\u003c\/strong\u003e — 5 mL per 160 L means a 250 mL bottle outlasts a year of water changes on most axolotl tanks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/strong\u003e — worked from the standard dose across the full bottle, this is the cheapest way to treat water for axolotls, size for size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater conditioner and ammonia detoxifier\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStandard dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL (1 capful) per 160 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBottle treats\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 8,000 L at the standard dose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per litre\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c, worked from the standard dose across the bottle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRemoves\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChlorine, chloramine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetoxifies\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAmmonia, nitrite, nitrate, heavy metals\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEffect on pH\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone — non-acidic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater, including coldwater axolotl tanks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne capful is 5 mL. Each thread on the cap holds roughly 1 mL, which is how you measure a dose for a tub or a hospital container.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStandard dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.25 mL (about one cap thread)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mL (half a capful)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL (1 capful)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mL (2 capfuls)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow far a dose goes\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSituation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat it achieves\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoutine water change on chlorinated mains\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard — 5 mL per 160 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemoves chlorine and chloramine, detoxifies the ammonia chloramine releases\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavily chloraminated supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCovers the extra ammonia load; a double dose is safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNitrite spike during cycling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to five times\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDetoxifies nitrite while the biofilter catches up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eAdd it to the new water in a bucket first, or dose for the full tank volume if you are adding it straight to the tank. Detoxification is temporary — it buys the biofilter time rather than replacing one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA sulfur-like smell when you open the bottle is normal for this chemistry. It is not a sign the product has spoiled.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e axolotl tanks and grow-out tubs · any freshwater aquarium on chlorinated or chloraminated mains water · new tanks during cycling · emergency ammonia and nitrite control.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e marine aquariums · use as a substitute for a cycled biofilter · masking an ammonia source you have not found · use as a pH adjuster, since it deliberately does not move pH.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAmmonia test kits can read differently for a period after any ammonia-binding conditioner is dosed. Test before you dose, or use a kit that separates free ammonia from total ammonia.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplace the cap firmly — the dosing threads are the measure, and a crusted cap is hard to read\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore out of direct sunlight, at room temperature, out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShake before use if the bottle has been standing for a long period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-axolotl-buffer-250ml\"\u003eSeachem Axolotl Buffer\u003c\/a\u003e — holds pH steady, which is the one thing this conditioner is designed not to do\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-stability\"\u003eSeachem Stability\u003c\/a\u003e — the bacterial culture that does permanently what this product only does temporarily\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-multitest-ammonia-75-tests\"\u003eSeachem MultiTest: Ammonia\u003c\/a\u003e — tells you whether you still need the emergency dose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-ammonia-alert-1-year\"\u003eSeachem Ammonia Alert\u003c\/a\u003e — an in-tank badge that changes colour on free ammonia between tests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis product carries the consumer guarantees under the Australian Consumer Law, which cannot be excluded. If a bottle arrives damaged or does not perform as it should, contact us.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips as a standard parcel. No dangerous goods restrictions apply at this pack size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow much Axolotl Conditioner do I use per litre?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe standard dose is 5 mL — one capful — per 160 litres, which works out at roughly 1 mL per 32 litres. Each thread on the cap holds about 1 mL for smaller volumes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it in a tank that already has axolotls in it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Dose for the full volume of the tank when adding it directly, or treat the replacement water in a bucket before it goes in.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it remove ammonia permanently?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It converts ammonia to a form that is not toxic to the animal but is still available to the beneficial bacteria in the filter. The effect is temporary, so it supports a cycling tank rather than replacing a biofilter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhy does the bottle smell like sulphur?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eA sulfur-like odour is normal for this chemistry and does not mean the bottle has gone off.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill it change my pH?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is non-acidic and does not shift pH. If you need to hold pH steady for axolotls, use a dedicated buffer alongside it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it on a tropical freshwater tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is a freshwater conditioner and can be used on any freshwater aquarium at the stated dose.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773856731427,"sku":"725095-8136","price":41.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/seachem_axolotl_conditioner_250ml.png?v=1782710369"},{"product_id":"seachem-axolotl-buffer-250ml","title":"Seachem Axolotl Buffer 250ml","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe one pH window axolotls actually want, held there.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem Axolotl Buffer takes tank pH to 7.4–7.6 from above or below and buffers it against the drift that happens between water changes. It also softens hard water by precipitating calcium and magnesium out of solution. The dose is one capful — 5 mL — per 10 L, twice a week. A 250 mL bottle holds 50 capfuls, enough to dose 500 litres once over.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy a buffer rather than a pH-adjusting product\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAxolotls are cold-water amphibians with permeable skin and external gills. They are sensitive to moving water chemistry in a way a hardy tropical fish is not, and axolotl tanks are typically kept cool and lightly filtered — exactly the combination in which pH wanders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA one-way pH product corrects the reading. A buffer solves the drift. Seachem formulates this one to sit at 7.4–7.6 and stay there, so the tank stops moving between water changes instead of being pulled back after every one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt also works from either side. A tank sitting at 7.9 comes down, a tank at 7.0 comes up, and both land in the same window.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTargets 7.4–7.6 from either direction\u003c\/strong\u003e — raises a low pH and pulls down a high one, rather than only pushing one way\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuffers against drift\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds the figure between water changes instead of correcting after the fact\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoftens hard water\u003c\/strong\u003e — precipitates calcium and magnesium out of solution, which lowers general hardness rather than masking it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePhosphate buffer system\u003c\/strong\u003e — a firmer grip on pH than carbonate buffering gives, with the phosphate trade-off spelled out below\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDosed straight into the tank\u003c\/strong\u003e — no mixing station, no waiting period, no separate container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6c per litre treated\u003c\/strong\u003e — worked from the 5 mL per 10 L dose across the full 250 mL bottle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePhosphate-buffered pH buffer and water softener\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTarget pH\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.4 – 7.6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApproaches target from\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbove or below\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEffect on hardness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoftens — precipitates calcium and magnesium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStandard dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 capful (5 mL) per 10 L, twice a week\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVery hard water\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble or triple dose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDoses per bottle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 capfuls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater treated per bottle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 L, dosed once\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per litre\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6c, worked from the 5 mL per 10 L dose across the bottle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDechlorinates\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo — treat replacement water separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater, coldwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eForm\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLiquid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWorked from Seachem's 5 mL per 10 L, twice-weekly rate. This is dosed more often than most buffers, so the bottle moves faster than 250 mL suggests — worth knowing before you size your order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTank volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDose, twice weekly\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e250 mL bottle lasts about\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mL (2 capfuls)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mL (4 capfuls)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37.5 mL (7½ capfuls)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mL (12 capfuls)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMay be added directly to the aquarium at any time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwice a week, or as often as needed to hold pH between 7.4 and 7.6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVery hard water may need a double or triple dose to get there\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest before dosing rather than dosing to a calendar. Once the tank is holding, it may need less than twice weekly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe phosphate trade-off\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a phosphate-buffered product, and that is what gives it a firm grip on pH. The consequence is that phosphate goes into the water, so a phosphate test will read higher after dosing. That is the buffer, not a nutrient problem in the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn a bare or lightly planted axolotl tank this is usually a non-issue. In a tank already fighting algae, or one where you track phosphate to a target, it is worth knowing before the first dose rather than after.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e axolotl tanks · other cold-water amphibian setups wanting a stable, slightly alkaline pH · tanks whose pH slides between water changes · hard tap water that needs softening as well as buffering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e marine and reef aquariums · planted tanks and tanks with an algae problem, because of the phosphate · soft acidic-water species such as discus and wild-caught tetras · use as a dechlorinator, which it does not do — that is \u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-axolotl-conditioner-250ml\"\u003eSeachem Axolotl Conditioner\u003c\/a\u003e's job · same-day pH correction, which is harder on an axolotl than a stable wrong figure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the cap on and store out of direct sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse the capful measure rather than leaving residue to dry in it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExpect a haze in very hard water as calcium and magnesium precipitate out. It clears\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest pH before dosing. Phosphate buffers hold firmly, so an overshoot takes a while to walk back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-axolotl-conditioner-250ml\"\u003eSeachem Axolotl Conditioner\u003c\/a\u003e — removes chlorine and chloramine and detoxifies ammonia at water changes, none of which this buffer does\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-fresh-trace\"\u003eSeachem Fresh Trace\u003c\/a\u003e — restores trace elements that softening and water changes strip out; Seachem recommends it alongside this product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-ph-alert-6-month\"\u003eSeachem pH Alert\u003c\/a\u003e — continuous pH in the tank, so you dose to a colour rather than to a calendar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-ammonia-alert-1-year\"\u003eSeachem Ammonia Alert\u003c\/a\u003e — axolotl tanks run cool and lightly filtered, and ammonia is what catches people out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-ph-alkalinity-kit-75-tests\"\u003eSeachem pH \u0026amp; Alkalinity Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — for when you want a number rather than a band\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/seachem\"\u003eThe full Seachem range\u003c\/a\u003e — water care, media and test kits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSold with the manufacturer's shelf life; no separate warranty term is published for a liquid buffer. Your rights under the Australian Consumer Law apply regardless and cannot be excluded. A safety data sheet is published by Seachem at sds.seachem.com. Ships as a standard parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat pH should an axolotl tank sit at?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSeachem formulates this buffer to 7.4–7.6, and that is the window it holds. It reaches that figure from a higher or a lower starting point.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow much Axolotl Buffer do I use?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne capful — 5 mL — for every 10 litres, twice a week. Very hard water may need double or triple that. A 250 mL bottle is 50 capfuls.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow long does a 250 mL bottle last?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn a 40 litre axolotl tank dosed twice weekly, about six weeks. On a 20 litre tank, about twelve. It is dosed more often than most buffers, so plan for that.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it remove chlorine or ammonia?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a pH and hardness product only. Axolotl Conditioner is the one that handles chlorine, chloramine and ammonia at water changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill it raise my phosphate reading?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It uses phosphate buffers, so a phosphate test reads higher after dosing. In a bare axolotl tank that rarely matters; in a planted tank with algae it does.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I add it with the axolotl still in the tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Seachem states it may be added directly to the aquarium at any time. Dosing into the flow rather than straight onto the animal is still the sensible way to do it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773856764195,"sku":"725094-8146","price":31.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/seachem_axolotl_buffer_250ml-scaled.png?v=1782710368"},{"product_id":"seachem-sure-start-pack","title":"Seachem Sure Start Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEverything a new tank needs in its first weeks — one box, three bottles.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Seachem SureStart Pack bundles 100 mL bottles of Prime, Stability and Pristine: the conditioner, the cycling bacteria and the clean-up crew. It's a straightforward way to start a freshwater or marine aquarium right, and a natural add-on with any new tank or filter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the pack\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrime (100 mL)\u003c\/strong\u003e — water conditioner. Removes chlorine and chloramine from tap water and detoxifies ammonia, nitrite and nitrate while the biofilter matures. Dose 5 mL per 200 L with every water change.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStability (100 mL)\u003c\/strong\u003e — biofilter starter. A blend of aerobic, anaerobic and facultative bacteria that establishes the biofilter and helps prevent new tank syndrome. Dose 5 mL per 40 L on day one, then 5 mL per 80 L daily for 7 days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePristine (100 mL)\u003c\/strong\u003e — bio-augmentation bacteria that break down uneaten food, waste, sludge and detritus, keeping a new tank clean and clear as it matures. Dose 5 mL per 40 L initially, then 5 mL per 80 L when adding fish or after cleaning or medicating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ what you'll still need\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe pack includes the three 100 mL bottles above, each with its own dosing cap. It does not include a test kit, a bucket or jug for water changes, or a dosing syringe — a standard aquarium test kit is worth adding separately to confirm the tank has finished cycling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy these three together\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePrime protects fish from toxins right now; Stability builds the bacteria colony that handles waste long-term; Pristine cleans up the organics in between. All three are safe for freshwater and saltwater, fish, plants and invertebrates, and are designed to be dosed together during setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eContents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrime 100 mL, Stability 100 mL, Pristine 100 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitability\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and saltwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrime dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL per 200 L with each water change\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStability dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL per 40 L day one, then 5 mL per 80 L daily for 7 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePristine dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL per 40 L initially, then 5 mL per 80 L as needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeachem\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e724901-1128\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e000116011280\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for setting up a new freshwater or marine aquarium, and for supporting an established tank through a water change, a new fish introduction, or a course of medication. Not a substitute for patience — Stability speeds up cycling but a new tank should still be monitored with a test kit before stocking heavily.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA liquid test kit to track ammonia, nitrite and nitrate while the tank cycles, and a bottle of StressGuard if new fish are being introduced under stress.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Seachem's standard quality guarantee in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard freight — no cold chain or special handling required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to buy anything else to cycle a new tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eA liquid test kit is the main extra worth adding, so you can see when ammonia and nitrite have dropped to zero before stocking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use the pack in an established, already-cycled tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Prime is used with every water change regardless of tank age, and Stability and Pristine are useful whenever the biofilter is disrupted — new fish, filter cleaning, or medication.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the pack reef safe?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, all three products are safe for freshwater and marine setups, including plants and invertebrates, when dosed as directed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow long does 100 mL of Stability last during cycling?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn a 200 L tank, the day-one dose uses 25 mL and the following week of daily dosing uses roughly 87.5 mL — close to the full bottle for one cycling tank of that size.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773859746083,"sku":"724901-1128","price":54.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/1128-surestart.png?v=1782710395"},{"product_id":"seachem-gold-basics-50ml","title":"Seachem Gold Basics 50ml","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne bottle, three jobs, one healthy goldfish bowl.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem Gold Basics is a single-dose water conditioner built specifically for goldfish bowls and small tanks, where water quality shifts fast and there is no biological filter doing the heavy lifting. It removes chlorine and chloramine from tap water, detoxifies ammonia, and buffers pH to the neutral 7.0 that goldfish do best at.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemoves chlorine and chloramine\u003c\/strong\u003e — makes tap water safe on contact.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetoxifies ammonia\u003c\/strong\u003e — the most common cause of stress and illness in bowls and small unfiltered tanks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuffers to pH 7.0\u003c\/strong\u003e — the stable, neutral pH goldfish are kept at, rather than whatever the tap delivers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne product, one dose\u003c\/strong\u003e — no separate dechlorinator and buffer to measure out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAround $0.10 per litre treated\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 50 mL bottle treats roughly 94 L before it runs out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTreats\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 94 L (25 US gal) per bottle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e½ capful per 4 L (1 US gal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTarget pH\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRemoves \/ detoxifies\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChlorine, chloramine, ammonia\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater — goldfish bowls and tanks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per litre treated\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0.10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd ½ capful for every 4 L (1 US gallon) of water. Dose with every water change, or once a week — whichever comes around first. Shake before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for goldfish bowls, tubs and small unfiltered or lightly filtered tanks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot formulated or tested for marine or reef systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot a substitute for a cycled biological filter in tanks stocked beyond bowl density — it detoxifies ammonia, it doesn't process it the way bacteria do.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor aquarium use only. Follow the stated dose — more is not more effective and just wastes product. Keep out of reach of children.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by the manufacturer's quality guarantee, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard shipping from our North Lakes warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I still need a separate dechlorinator?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Gold Basics removes chlorine and chloramine on its own, alongside detoxifying ammonia and buffering pH.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow long does one bottle last?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt the standard dose, a 50 mL bottle treats around 94 L in total — for a 4 L bowl with weekly water changes, that is roughly six months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill it work in a filtered tank, not just a bowl?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is formulated for goldfish generally; bowls are where it does the most work, since there is no filter backing it up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it lower pH if my tap water is already above 7.0?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeachem's published information for this product does not state its behaviour where source water is already alkaline. Treat 7.0 as the target and test your own water if you are unsure.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773868134691,"sku":"725020-404","price":9.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/0404-gold-basics-50-ml.png?v=1782710446"},{"product_id":"red-sea-aiptasia-x","title":"Red Sea Aiptasia X","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKill the aiptasia you can see without seeding the ten you can't.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea Aiptasia-X is a thick treatment that globulates the moment it meets aquarium water, so it stays where you put it instead of drifting off across the rockwork. Injected close to the anemone's oral disc, it is taken in as food rather than sensed as an attack, so the anemone does not retract into the rock. Within minutes of ingesting it the anemone implodes, taking its planulae with it. That last part is the whole point: cutting, scraping or boiling-water treatments scatter planulae and turn one anemone into a dozen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlobulates on contact with water\u003c\/strong\u003e — the material holds together at the anemone instead of dispersing into the flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIngested, not repelled\u003c\/strong\u003e — the anemone feeds on it and stays open, so the treatment reaches the whole animal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKills the planulae too\u003c\/strong\u003e — Red Sea states the anemone and its planulae are eradicated together, which is what stops the retaliatory outbreak.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReef-safe as directed\u003c\/strong\u003e — Red Sea states it does not affect the sessile polyps of corals, so aiptasia growing inside a colony can be treated in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDoes not affect water chemistry\u003c\/strong\u003e — material the anemone does not take in decomposes over time without harming the reef.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAngled tip for the awkward ones\u003c\/strong\u003e — the kit includes a straight and an angled lock-on tip for anemones tucked under an overhang.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAiptasia-X kit (60 mL) includes:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60 mL bottle of Aiptasia-X\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 mL applicator syringe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne straight lock-on applicator tip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne angled lock-on applicator tip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAiptasia-X refill (500 mL) — not included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo applicator syringe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo applicator tips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo 60 mL applicator bottle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 500 mL is a refill bottle only, meant for decanting into the applicator bottle from the 60 mL kit. If this is your first Aiptasia-X purchase, buy the 60 mL kit — the refill on its own gives you no way to apply it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAiptasia anemone treatment, applied directly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mL kit, 500 mL refill\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTreatments per 60 mL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 100 anemones\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApplication\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInjected near the anemone's oral disc\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTime to effect\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnemone implodes within minutes of ingestion\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine and reef\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEffect on water chemistry\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone stated by Red Sea\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCoral safety\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDoes not affect sessile coral polyps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's safety data sheet lists the active constituents as calcium chloride (8–12%) and sodium hydroxide (0.5–2%).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApplicator included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApproximate coverage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBuy it when\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e60 mL kit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — 3 mL syringe, straight and angled tips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 100 anemones\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYour first purchase, or a normal outbreak in a display tank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e500 mL refill\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo — bottle only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoughly eight times the volume of the 60 mL kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYou already own the kit and are working through a heavily infested system or a shop's worth of frag tanks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to use it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDraw Aiptasia-X into the syringe, fit the tip that reaches your anemone, and deliver the material right at the oral disc. Watch for the anemone to take it in — it should stay open rather than pull back into the rock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrom experience behind the counter: pause the return pump and wavemakers for a few minutes first. The material is designed to hold together in water, but stiff flow will still lift it off the target before the anemone gets a proper mouthful. Restart the pumps once the anemones you treated have collapsed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWork in batches rather than trying to clear a whole tank in one session. A large simultaneous kill-off puts a slug of organic material into the water at once, and that is the only realistic downside of the product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e aiptasia anemones in marine and reef aquariums, including anemones growing within a coral colony, on live rock, on the glass and in the sump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater aquariums. It is also not a broadcast treatment — it is applied to individual anemones and does nothing to aiptasia you have not physically reached. Very large infestations across dozens of rocks are usually better handled by treating in stages over several weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and handling\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse the syringe and tips in fresh water after each session or the residue sets inside them and the next application clogs. Cap the bottle tightly and store it out of direct sunlight and out of reach of children.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSkimmers and mechanical filtration can stay running once flow is restored; pulling the imploded material out is helpful rather than harmful.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-marine-care-multi-test-kit\"\u003eRed Sea Marine Care Multi Test Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — check nutrients in the days after a large kill-off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-nanomat\"\u003eRed Sea NanoMat\u003c\/a\u003e — mechanical filtration that pulls the debris out rather than letting it break down in the display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-coral-pro-salt-20kg-refill-box-600ltr\"\u003eRed Sea Coral Pro Salt 20 kg\u003c\/a\u003e — for the water change that usually follows a heavy treatment session.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-algae-scraper\"\u003eSeachem Algae Scraper\u003c\/a\u003e — for the aiptasia that set up on the glass rather than the rock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-reef-foundation-abc-3-pack-250ml-ea\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Foundation ABC 3 Pack\u003c\/a\u003e — to bring calcium, alkalinity and magnesium back on target afterwards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAny manufacturer warranty Red Sea offers applies in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law, which are not limited or excluded by it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth sizes ship as liquids. The 500 mL refill is the heavier of the two and is charged accordingly. Red Sea's safety data sheet classifies Aiptasia-X as dangerous goods for transport (UN3316, Class 9, Packing Group II), which is why some couriers restrict it to ground\/sea freight rather than air.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow many aiptasia will one bottle of Red Sea Aiptasia-X treat?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea states that the 60 mL supplied in the kit is enough for approximately 100 aiptasia anemones. The 500 mL refill holds roughly eight times that volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs Aiptasia-X safe for corals, shrimp and fish?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea states that Aiptasia-X does not affect the sessile polyps of corals and that material not ingested by the aiptasia decomposes over time without harming the reef, which is why anemones growing inside a coral colony can be treated in place. As with any treatment, apply it to the target rather than broadcasting it, and do not dose more than you need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the 500 mL refill come with the syringe and tips?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The 500 mL is a refill bottle only. The syringe, the straight tip and the angled tip come with the 60 mL kit, and the refill is intended for decanting into that kit's applicator bottle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill Aiptasia-X change my water parameters?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea states the product does not affect water chemistry. The practical caveat is biological rather than chemical: killing a large number of anemones at once adds organic material to the system, so treat in batches and keep mechanical filtration running.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the aiptasia grow back?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea states that the anemone and its planulae are eradicated together, which is what separates this from cutting or scraping. New anemones can still appear from planulae already released elsewhere in the tank before treatment, so expect to go back over the rock a few times across the following weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it in a freshwater tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Aiptasia are marine anemones and Aiptasia-X is a marine and reef product.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"60ml","offer_id":54774151840035,"sku":"RED187","price":32.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Refill 500ml","offer_id":55335137837347,"sku":"RED188","price":150.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/Red_Sea_Aiptasia-X_0f3234a0-606e-49a6-92d5-7e52956b4284.jpg?v=1782108718"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-care-calcium-foundation-a","title":"Red Sea Reef Care Calcium+ Foundation A","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReplaces the calcium and strontium a growing reef draws out of the water every day.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea's Foundation A (Calcium+) is a concentrated calcium and strontium supplement, dosed alongside Foundation B (alkalinity) and Foundation C (magnesium) as part of Red Sea's three-part Foundation programme for reef aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCalcium and strontium in seawater ratio\u003c\/strong\u003e — replenishes what stony corals consume building skeleton.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConcentrated liquid\u003c\/strong\u003e — 1 mL per 100 L raises calcium by about 2 ppm; no mixing required, dose straight from the bottle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned to be dosed alongside Foundation B and C\u003c\/strong\u003e, in that ratio, for balanced reef chemistry rather than a calcium-only fix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e — 500 mL, 1 L and 5 L, for hand-dosing through to automated systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorks with a Red Sea Reef Foundation test kit\u003c\/strong\u003e to set the dose from your own measured calcium uptake.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED280 (500 mL) \/ RED280b (1 L) \/ RED280a (5 L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBarcode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7290100772157 (500 mL) \/ 7290100773789 (1 L) \/ 7290100773918 (5 L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePosition in programme\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFoundation A of 3 (A: Calcium + Strontium, B: Alkalinity, C: Magnesium)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSaltwater (reef)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDosing method\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual or dosing pump\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDosing and elemental targets\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e1 mL per 100 L raises calcium by approximately 2 ppm. Red Sea's published starting rates by reef type:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReef type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical daily dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUltra-low-nutrient system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~2 mL per 100 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMixed reef\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~3 mL per 100 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSPS-dominant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~4 mL per 100 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSPS frag \/ high growth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~6 mL per 100 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eDon't raise calcium by more than 20 ppm in a day — spread larger corrections over several days. When dosing Foundation A, B and C manually together, add magnesium first, then alkalinity, then calcium, about 10 minutes apart, to avoid a local spike that can cloud the water or precipitate elements out of solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAs a worked example only: a 300 L mixed reef dosed at the ~3 mL per 100 L per day guide rate uses about 9 mL a day — a 1 L bottle would last roughly 110 days at that rate. Actual use depends entirely on your coral load and test results, which is why we haven't set a fixed cost-per-litre figure on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne bottle of Foundation A (Calcium+) concentrate, in the size selected. Foundation B (Alkalinity) and Foundation C (Magnesium) are sold separately and are needed alongside it to run the full three-part programme.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for saltwater reef aquariums running stony or soft coral, clams or coralline algae, where calcium needs topping up against consumption.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot suitable for fish-only systems with no calcium demand, and not a substitute for testing — dosing calcium without checking alkalinity and magnesium alongside it can throw the three out of balance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by the standard manufacturer guarantee against faulty product, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. The 5 L size ships as a heavier parcel; standard delivery otherwise.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need Foundation B and C as well?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, for balanced chemistry — dosing calcium alone without alkalinity and magnesium keeping pace can push the three out of the ratio corals need, even if calcium itself reads fine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow much will this raise my calcium?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003e1 mL per 100 L raises calcium by about 2 ppm as a stock-solution figure — test before and after a few days of dosing to see your reef's actual response, since coral uptake affects the net change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhich size should I buy?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003e500 mL and 1 L suit hand-dosing on smaller reefs; the 5 L size costs less per mL and suits larger systems or a dosing pump reservoir you don't want to refill often.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I dose all three Foundation parts at the same time?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot at exactly the same moment — Red Sea recommends about 10 minutes between magnesium, alkalinity and calcium when dosing manually, to avoid a local concentration spike.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs this the same as the RCP 4-Part kits you sell?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eRelated but not identical — the RCP kits bundle Foundation A and B together with the two Colours trace-element bottles at a fixed reef-volume ratio. Foundation A on its own lets you buy calcium separately if your alkalinity or magnesium consumption differs from the standard ratio.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"500ml","offer_id":54774152954147,"sku":"RED280","price":31.4,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1ltr","offer_id":55335142916387,"sku":"RED280b","price":45.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5ltr","offer_id":55335142949155,"sku":"RED280a","price":171.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/Red_Sea_Reef_Foundation_A_-_calcium_500ml.jpg?v=1782112536"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-care-kh-foundation-b","title":"Red Sea Reef Care KH\/Alkalinity Foundation B","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHolds your reef's most volatile parameter steady.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea Reef Foundation B is the ready-to-use liquid alkalinity (KH) component of Red Sea's three-part Reef Foundation program, replenishing the carbonate that corals consume fastest as they build skeleton. It ships as a blend of carbonates balanced to the ratio found in natural seawater, and needs no mixing — measure and dose straight from the bottle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecise, predictable dosing\u003c\/strong\u003e — 1 mL per 100 L (25 US gal) raises alkalinity by 0.1 dKH (0.036 meq\/L), so small daily corrections are easy to calculate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBalanced to natural seawater ratios\u003c\/strong\u003e — a blend of carbonates formulated to avoid the ionic imbalances that plain baking soda or washing soda dosing can cause over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePairs with Foundation A and C\u003c\/strong\u003e — designed to be dosed alongside Calcium (A) and Magnesium (C) so alkalinity doesn't rise in isolation and strip the other two.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReady to use\u003c\/strong\u003e — no mixing, no RO\/DI water needed, works with any dosing pump or manual dosing routine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-low cost per correction\u003c\/strong\u003e — see Cost per litre below; the 5 L pack works out cheapest per dKH raised.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDose for +0.1 dKH\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eForm\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED281\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL per 100 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReady-to-use liquid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED281b\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL per 100 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReady-to-use liquid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED281a\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL per 100 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReady-to-use liquid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCost per litre\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuying Foundation B by the litre of alkalinity correction, not the bottle price, is the fair way to compare pack sizes. A full 500 mL bottle carries enough to raise 5,000 L of tank water by 1 dKH; the 5 L pack raises 50,000 L by the same 1 dKH. At current prices, that works out to roughly $5.80 per 1,000 L corrected on the 500 mL bottle, falling to about $3.42 per 1,000 L on the 5 L pack — both round to under 1c per litre on the product tile, but the 5 L is genuinely the cheaper way to buy if you dose a display tank regularly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLitres raised 1 dKH per pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per 1,000 L corrected\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$29.00\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5.80\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$45.00\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$4.50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$171.00\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$3.42\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDose to measured demand, not to a schedule. Test alkalinity before dosing, then add 1 mL per 100 L of tank water for every 0.1 dKH you need to raise it, split across small daily doses rather than one large correction. KH is the parameter worth testing most often on a reef tank — aim for stability at a chosen number rather than chasing a \"perfect\" figure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I dose Foundation B by hand?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It's sold as a manual-dosing liquid and also works through any peristaltic or gravity dosing pump set up for the Reef Foundation program.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow often should I dose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDaily, in small amounts, based on your last test result. Large infrequent corrections cause the swings that trigger coral stress, not the stability the product is designed to hold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for marine and reef aquariums running a KH\/alkalinity dosing regime, alongside Foundation A (Calcium) and Foundation C (Magnesium). Not a substitute for regular alkalinity testing — dosing without testing risks overshooting a tank with low demand. Not intended for freshwater aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep out of reach of children and pets. Avoid prolonged skin and eye contact and rinse with water if it occurs. Store away from direct sunlight. Safe for fish, coral and invertebrates when dosed at the recommended rate — as with any concentrate, don't pour it directly onto livestock or coral tissue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-calcium-foundation-a\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Care Calcium+ Foundation A\u003c\/a\u003e — the calcium half of the same three-part program; alkalinity and calcium need to move together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-magnesium-foundation-c\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Care Magnesium Foundation C\u003c\/a\u003e — magnesium is what lets calcium and alkalinity hold their levels once you've dialled them in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-foundation-pro-multi-testing-kit\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Foundation Pro Multi Testing Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — for measuring KH before you dose, not after.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-kh-foundation-b-powder\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Care KH\/Alkalinity Foundation B (Powder)\u003c\/a\u003e — same element in a concentrated dry format, cheaper per litre corrected on larger systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by the manufacturer's standard consumer guarantees in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard parcel delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between Foundation B liquid and Foundation B powder?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth replenish the same carbonate alkalinity. The liquid is ready to dose straight from the bottle; the powder is mixed into a stock solution with RO\/DI water and works out cheaper per litre of correction on larger systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I dose Foundation A, B and C at the same time?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDose them separately, at different times or through separate dosing pump heads. Mixing concentrated calcium and alkalinity solutions together before dilution can cause them to precipitate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill Foundation B affect my calcium or magnesium levels?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot directly, but raising alkalinity without keeping calcium and magnesium in step is what causes the \"chasing your tail\" swings reef keepers describe — dose all three against their own test results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow long will a bottle last?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends entirely on your tank's alkalinity demand — a heavily stocked SPS system will use it faster than a soft coral tank. Use the cost-per-litre figures above against your own dosing log to estimate it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"500ml","offer_id":54774153052451,"sku":"RED281","price":29.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1ltr","offer_id":55335144194339,"sku":"RED281b","price":45.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5ltr","offer_id":55335144227107,"sku":"RED281a","price":171.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/Red_Sea_Reef_Foundation_B_-_KH_Alk_500ml.jpg?v=1782112585"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-care-magnesium-foundation-c","title":"Red Sea Reef Care Magnesium Foundation C","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe element that lets calcium and alkalinity hold their levels.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea Reef Foundation C is the ready-to-use liquid magnesium component of the three-part Reef Foundation program. When calcium and KH won't stay balanced no matter how carefully you dose them, low magnesium is nearly always the reason — it's the buffer that keeps calcium carbonate from precipitating out of solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecise dosing\u003c\/strong\u003e — 1 mL per 100 L (25 US gal) raises magnesium by 1 ppm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStabilises Ca and KH\u003c\/strong\u003e — magnesium at the correct level is what allows calcium and alkalinity to be dosed accurately without one dragging the other down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlend of magnesium salts\u003c\/strong\u003e balanced to the chloride\/sulphate ratio found in natural seawater.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReady to use\u003c\/strong\u003e — no mixing, works with any dosing pump or manual routine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePairs with Foundation A and B\u003c\/strong\u003e — part of the same three-part system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDose for +1 ppm Mg\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eForm\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED282\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL per 100 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReady-to-use liquid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED282b\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL per 100 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReady-to-use liquid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED282a\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL per 100 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReady-to-use liquid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCost per litre\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 500 mL bottle carries enough to raise 50,000 L of tank water by 1 ppm magnesium; the 5 L pack raises 500,000 L by the same 1 ppm. At current prices that's about 58c per 1,000 L corrected on the 500 mL bottle, down to roughly 34c per 1,000 L on the 5 L pack — both round to under 1c per litre on the product tile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLitres raised 1 ppm Mg per pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per 1,000 L corrected\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$29.00\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0.58\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$45.00\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0.45\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$171.00\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0.34\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMagnesium moves slowly compared to calcium and KH — test fortnightly rather than daily, and correct gradually. Dose 1 mL per 100 L of tank water for every 1 ppm you need to raise, split over several days for any correction larger than about 20 ppm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat magnesium level should I be targeting?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReef tanks are typically run between roughly 1,250 and 1,350 ppm, which is the range that keeps calcium and alkalinity stable at natural seawater ratios. Test your own tank rather than assuming a single \"correct\" number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for marine and reef aquariums running calcium and alkalinity dosing, where magnesium needs to be corrected or maintained alongside them. Not a substitute for testing — magnesium is easy to overshoot if dosed on a schedule rather than to a result. Not intended for freshwater aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep out of reach of children and pets. Avoid prolonged skin and eye contact and rinse with water if it occurs. Store away from direct sunlight. Safe for fish, coral and invertebrates when dosed at the recommended rate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-kh-foundation-b\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Care KH\/Alkalinity Foundation B\u003c\/a\u003e — magnesium is what lets this hold its level once dialled in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-calcium-foundation-a\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Care Calcium+ Foundation A\u003c\/a\u003e — the calcium half of the same three-part program.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-foundation-pro-multi-testing-kit\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Foundation Pro Multi Testing Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — for tracking Mg alongside Ca and KH.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-magnesium-foundation-c-powder\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Care Magnesium Foundation C (Powder)\u003c\/a\u003e — same element, concentrated dry format, cheaper per litre on larger systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by the manufacturer's standard consumer guarantees in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard parcel delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhy won't my calcium and alkalinity stay balanced even though I dose them carefully?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck magnesium first. Low Mg lets calcium and carbonate react and precipitate out of solution, which shows up as both Ca and KH refusing to hold — correcting magnesium is often what fixes it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow fast can I raise magnesium?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlowly. Split any correction larger than about 20 ppm over several days rather than dosing it in one go.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between the liquid and the powder?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth replenish the same magnesium blend. The liquid is ready to dose; the powder is mixed with RO\/DI water into a stock solution and works out cheaper per litre on larger systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill this affect my calcium or KH readings?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot directly, but keeping magnesium in range is part of what keeps calcium and alkalinity dosing predictable — test all three together.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"500ml","offer_id":54774153150755,"sku":"RED282","price":29.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1ltr","offer_id":55335145505059,"sku":"RED282b","price":45.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5ltr","offer_id":55335145537827,"sku":"RED282a","price":171.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/Red_Sea_Reef_Foundation_C_-_magnesium_500ml_a0c4ac46-9361-4342-8845-b89d7d4baec9.jpg?v=1782112592"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-care-iodine-trace-colours-a","title":"Red Sea Reef Care Iodine+ Trace Colours A","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe iodine element of Red Sea's four-part coral colour program.\u003c\/strong\u003e Colours A (Iodine+ Trace) replenishes iodine, bromine and fluorine — the halogen group Red Sea's Reef Care program links to pink coral pigmentation. Dose it against a tested iodine level, not a fixed schedule; iodine is one of the easier trace elements to overshoot.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReplenishes iodine, bromine and fluorine\u003c\/strong\u003e — natural seawater holds these at roughly 0.06 ppm, 65 ppm and 1.3 ppm respectively; this supplement tops up what corals and your skimmer strip out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 mL raises iodine by 0.03 ppm per 100 L\u003c\/strong\u003e — which is also Red Sea's stated maximum safe daily increase, so a single measured dose per 100 L is the ceiling, not a starting point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder 1c per litre of tank water treated\u003c\/strong\u003e at standard dosing — and the 5 L size works out roughly 30% cheaper per litre of concentrate than the 500 mL bottle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart of the Colours ABCD program\u003c\/strong\u003e — designed to be dosed alongside Colours B (potassium), C (iron) and D (bioactive elements).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVariant\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDosing rate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApprox. yield at max daily dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per litre treated\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mL bottle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL raises iodine 0.03 ppm per 100 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≈50,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 L bottle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL raises iodine 0.03 ppm per 100 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≈500,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTest iodine before dosing rather than adding on a fixed schedule. Red Sea's general formula for the Colours range is 1 mL of this supplement per 100 L for every 20 ppm of calcium your system consumes daily — but for iodine specifically, don't exceed 1 mL per 100 L per day regardless of calcium consumption, since that already reaches the stated maximum safe daily increase.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat happens if I dose too much iodine?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's own documentation notes that excess halogens can have adverse effects on coral soft tissue. Iodine is not a \"more is better\" element — test, then dose to the gap, not past it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need the Reef Colours Pro test kit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot strictly, but it's the only way to know your actual iodine level rather than assuming it from calcium consumption. Given how narrow the safe dosing window is, testing is the safer approach once you're dosing regularly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for established reef aquariums with stable calcium, alkalinity and magnesium that are being dosed for coral colour. Not suitable as a first step in a new tank, and not a substitute for testing — iodine is consumed at different rates by different coral loads, so dosing blind risks over-supplementing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore capped, upright and out of direct light. Dose into a high-flow area of the sump rather than directly over coral.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eConsumable supplement — check the use-by date on the bottle; your rights under Australian Consumer Law apply regardless. Standard freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Colours B, C and D — the other three elements in the coral colour program.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Reef Colours Pro test kit — for measuring iodine directly rather than dosing on the general formula.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Reef Care Dosing Cap Tube — for connecting this bottle to a dosing pump if it has the dosing-ready cap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eShould I buy the 500 mL or the 5 L bottle?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you're running a single reef tank and dosing daily, the 5 L works out cheaper per litre of concentrate — but only buy it if you'll use it within its shelf life once opened.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this raise potassium or iron too?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — Colours A is iodine, bromine and fluorine only. Potassium is Colours B, iron is Colours C.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I dose this without testing first?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou can follow Red Sea's general dosing formula without testing, but given how easy iodine is to overdose relative to its target range, testing first is the safer starting point.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs this reef safe for all corals?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eDosed correctly to a tested target, yes. Overdosed, iodine is specifically flagged by Red Sea as a risk to coral soft tissue.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"500ml","offer_id":54774153249059,"sku":"RED283","price":29.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"5ltr","offer_id":55335147897123,"sku":"RED283a","price":202.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/RED283_1.png?v=1772078622"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-care-potassium-trace-coral-b","title":"Red Sea Reef Care Potassium+ Trace Colours B","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePotassium and boron, replenished to exactly where testing says they're low.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea Trace-Colors B (Potassium+) is the potassium element of Red Sea's four-part Trace-Colors coral colouration program — alongside Trace-Colors A (iodine), C (iron and associated trace elements) and D (18 further bioactive elements). It's dosed to measured demand rather than a fixed schedule, using the Reef Colours Pro Multi Test Kit, and comes in 500 mL and 5 L.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePotassium and boron\u003c\/strong\u003e — replenishes the two elements Red Sea groups as Trace-Colors B, part of the coral colouration pathway alongside iodine (A) and iron (C).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDosed to tested demand\u003c\/strong\u003e — Trace-Colors elements are consumed unevenly across different coral loads, so Red Sea's own guidance is to test before dosing rather than follow a calendar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePairs with Reef Colours Pro\u003c\/strong\u003e — the companion multi test kit measures iodine, potassium and iron in one kit, so a dose is always based on a current reading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo pack sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e — 500 mL for smaller or newer systems, 5 L for established reefs with an ongoing dosing routine; the 5 L bottle works out roughly 30% cheaper per millilitre.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder 1c per litre dosed\u003c\/strong\u003e — see Specifications for the full cost breakdown by pack size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eElement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePotassium (K) and boron (B)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFormat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLiquid concentrate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDose rate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL raises potassium by approximately 1.75 ppm per 100 L of aquarium water\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack sizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mL, 5 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine \/ reef aquariums\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProgram\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTrace-Colors B, part of Red Sea's Reef Care Trace-Colors A\/B\/C\/D range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePack size comparison\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per litre dosed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED284\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$29.00\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED284a\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$202.50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth pack sizes cost a fraction of a cent per litre dosed, but the 5 L bottle is the better buy for an established reef: at roughly 4c per mL against 5.8c per mL for the 500 mL bottle, it's around 30% cheaper per dose once you're running the Trace-Colors program long-term.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTest potassium with the Reef Colours Pro Multi Test Kit before dosing. Add 1 mL per 100 L of aquarium water to raise potassium by approximately 1.75 ppm, then retest and adjust the following dose to hold potassium in your target range. If you're running the full four-part Trace-Colors system, dose Trace-Colors D 1:1 alongside Trace-Colors C; Trace-Colors B is dosed on its own test result, not tied to the other three.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e reef aquariums running an SPS or LPS coral colouration program, tested and dosed against a measured potassium reading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e dosing on a fixed schedule without testing, or FOWLR systems with no coral load to create measurable demand — there's nothing to correct against and no reason to add it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore the concentrate away from direct sunlight and out of reach of children and pets. Measure doses accurately — a concentrated slug added directly to the display can push potassium well outside the safe range for invertebrates before it has time to mix.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-colours-pro-multi-testing-kit\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Colours Pro Multi Testing Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — tests the potassium level this product corrects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-iodine-trace-colours-a\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Care Iodine+ Trace Colours A\u003c\/a\u003e — the companion iodine element in the same four-part program.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-iron-trace-colours-c\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Care Iron+ Trace Colours C\u003c\/a\u003e — iron and associated trace elements, the third element in the range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's standard consumer guarantee in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships standard courier — no cold chain or special handling required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to dose this if I already run Red Sea Foundation ABC?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, if you want to target coral colour rather than just growth. Foundation ABC covers the major skeletal elements (calcium, alkalinity, magnesium); Trace-Colors B covers potassium and boron, which sit outside that trio and are linked to colouration rather than skeleton.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow do I know how much to dose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eTest potassium first with the Reef Colours Pro Multi Test Kit. There's no safe default dose — uptake depends on your coral load, which varies tank to tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between the 500 mL and 5 L bottle?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly the pack size and the cost per millilitre — the concentration and dose rate are identical. The 5 L bottle is the more economical choice once you're dosing regularly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I dose potassium without testing first?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's own guidance is to test before dosing. Potassium has a narrower safe range than calcium or magnesium, so dosing blind carries more risk of overshooting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs this reef safe for invertebrates?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eDosed to a tested, corrected level it's part of a standard reef care routine. The risk sits with overdosing, not with the element itself — measure doses accurately and don't add concentrate directly onto livestock.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"500ml","offer_id":54774153314595,"sku":"RED284","price":29.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"5ltr","offer_id":55335147962659,"sku":"RED284a","price":202.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/RED284_1.png?v=1772078630"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-care-iron-trace-colours-c","title":"Red Sea Reef Care Iron+ Trace Colours C","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe iron element of Red Sea's four-part coral colour program, and the one that needs the most caution.\u003c\/strong\u003e Colours C (Iron+ Trace) replenishes iron, manganese, cobalt, copper, aluminium, zinc, chromium and nickel — the trace-metal group Red Sea links to green coral pigmentation. It's also the Colours supplement Red Sea specifically flags as toxic to invertebrates above the recommended level, which matters in a reef tank stocked with corals, shrimp and snails.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReplenishes iron and seven companion trace metals\u003c\/strong\u003e — manganese, cobalt, copper, aluminium, zinc, chromium and nickel alongside the iron itself.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 mL raises iron by 0.02 ppm per 100 L\u003c\/strong\u003e — reaching Red Sea's stated maximum safe daily increase of 0.05 ppm iron takes about 2.5 mL per 100 L.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlagged by Red Sea as toxic to invertebrates above recommended levels\u003c\/strong\u003e — the strongest overdose warning of the four Colours supplements, worth reading before you dose by eye.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder 1c per litre of tank water treated\u003c\/strong\u003e at standard dosing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVariant\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDosing rate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApprox. yield at max daily dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per litre treated\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mL bottle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL raises iron 0.02 ppm per 100 L (≈2.5 mL per 100 L reaches the daily maximum)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≈20,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 L bottle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame rate as above\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≈200,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTest iron before dosing — copper, one of the companion elements in this supplement, is also toxic to shrimp, snails and other invertebrates at excess levels, so this is not a product to dose past target \"just in case\". Red Sea's general Colours formula ties dosing to calcium consumption (roughly 1 mL per 100 L for every 20 ppm calcium used daily), but the stated ceiling for iron itself is a 0.05 ppm daily rise — about 2.5 mL per 100 L.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs this safe with shrimp, snails and other invertebrates?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eDosed to a tested target, yes. Red Sea's own warning is specifically that iron and its companion trace metals are toxic to invertebrates above the recommended level — this is the one Colours supplement where testing before dosing matters most.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhy does an iron supplement also contain copper?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIron, manganese, cobalt, copper, aluminium, zinc, chromium and nickel are grouped together because they're consumed and depleted together by coral growth — Red Sea doses them as one trace-metal complex rather than eight separate bottles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for established reef aquariums with stable core parameters, dosed to a tested iron level. Not suitable for tanks with sensitive invertebrates unless you're testing rather than guessing, and not a substitute for stable calcium, alkalinity and magnesium — trace dosing on an unstable base doesn't fix colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore capped, upright and out of direct light. Dose into a high-flow area of the sump rather than directly over coral or invertebrates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eConsumable supplement — check the use-by date on the bottle; your rights under Australian Consumer Law apply regardless. Standard freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Colours A, B and D — the other three elements in the coral colour program.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Reef Colours Pro test kit — for measuring iron directly before dosing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Reef Care Dosing Cap Tube — for connecting this bottle to a dosing pump if it has the dosing-ready cap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eShould I buy the 500 mL or the 5 L bottle?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 5 L costs less per litre of concentrate — worth it if you're dosing daily on an established reef tank, less so if this is your first time running the Colours program.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I skip the other trace metals and just dose iron?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot with this product — Colours C doses iron together with manganese, cobalt, copper, aluminium, zinc, chromium and nickel as a single complex, matching how they're depleted together in a reef tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eMy shrimp seem stressed after I started dosing this — what should I check?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eTest your actual iron and copper levels before dosing again. Red Sea's warning that this supplement is toxic to invertebrates above the recommended level is specific and worth taking literally.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this affect coral colour on its own?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly alongside stable calcium, alkalinity and magnesium — trace elements support colour, they don't create it on a system that's otherwise unstable.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"500ml","offer_id":54774153380131,"sku":"RED285","price":29.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"5ltr","offer_id":55335148323107,"sku":"RED285a","price":202.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/RED285_1.png?v=1772078628"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-care-bioactive-trace-colours-d","title":"Red Sea Reef Care Bioactive Elements Trace Colours D","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompletes the coral colour and vitality trace-element set that Colours A, B and C don't cover.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea's Colours D (Bioactive Elements) replenishes a broad complex of minor and trace elements — iron, manganese, cobalt, copper, aluminium, zinc, chromium, nickel and roughly twenty more — the supporting cast Red Sea's Reef Care programme links to coral blue\/purple pigmentation and overall vitality, dosed as the fourth part of the Colours A–D system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBroad trace-element complex\u003c\/strong\u003e — replenishes the minor and trace elements outside Colours A (iodine), B (potassium) and C (iron as the lead element), matched to the ratio found in coral tissue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupports blue\/purple pigmentation and general coral vitality\u003c\/strong\u003e, as part of Red Sea's four-part Colours programme.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDosed in proportion to A, B and C\u003c\/strong\u003e, not to an independent target — there's no single ppm reading to test against.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e — 500 mL for smaller or lightly-stocked reefs, 5 L for larger systems or automated dosing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePairs with a Red Sea ReefDose\u003c\/strong\u003e or any four-channel doser for hands-off, proportioned dosing of the full Colours set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED286 (500 mL) \/ RED286a (5 L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBarcode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7290100772911 (500 mL) \/ 7290100220757 (5 L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePosition in programme\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColours D of 4 (A: Iodine, B: Potassium, C: Iron, D: Bioactive Elements)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSaltwater (reef)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDosing method\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual or dosing pump\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDosing\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eColours D has no single target element to test and dose against — Red Sea's guidance is to dose it in the same proportion you're dosing Colours A, B and C, based on your measured iodine, potassium and iron uptake. As a simplified starting point across the four Colours parts, Red Sea's label rate is roughly 1 mL of each part per 100 L daily for an average reef — but treat that as a starting point to test and adjust from, not a fixed prescription, since trace element consumption varies widely with coral load and lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe haven't been able to confirm a published cost-per-litre figure for this product — Colours D is consumed at a rate that depends on how much of Colours A–C your reef is using, not a fixed treated volume, so a single \"makes X litres\" figure would be misleading rather than useful.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne bottle of Colours D (Bioactive Elements) concentrate, in the size selected. This is a single part of Red Sea's four-part Colours programme — Colours A, B and C are sold separately and are needed alongside it for the full programme.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for saltwater reef aquariums running coral, as part of a full Colours A–D programme, or on its own where testing shows a broad trace-element deficit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot suitable for fish-only systems with no coral or clam demand for trace elements, and not a substitute for Colours A, B and C individually — each targets different elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by the standard manufacturer guarantee against faulty product, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. The 5 L size ships as a heavier parcel; standard delivery otherwise.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need Colours A, B and C as well?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, for the programme to work as designed — Colours D covers the broad trace-element complex, while A, B and C separately target iodine, potassium and iron. Dosing D alone leaves those three elements unmanaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow do I know how much to dose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eTest iodine, potassium and iron (Colours A–C targets) and dose D in the same proportion as those three, rather than to an independent reading — Colours D doesn't have its own single test parameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhich size should I buy?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003e500 mL suits smaller or lightly-stocked reefs dosing by hand; the 5 L size works out cheaper per mL and suits larger systems or an automated doser that draws from a bigger reservoir.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I overdose trace elements?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — trace elements can build up if dosed well beyond consumption, so test periodically rather than dosing indefinitely at a fixed rate without checking.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"500ml","offer_id":54774153445667,"sku":"RED286","price":29.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"5ltr","offer_id":55335148454179,"sku":"RED286a","price":202.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/RED286_1.png?v=1772078630"},{"product_id":"red-sea-coralline-gro","title":"Red Sea Coralline Gro","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoralline spreads when the chemistry suits it, not when you wish.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea KH Coralline Gro is a liquid marine buffer and trace supplement from Red Sea's Marine Care Program. Red Sea describes it as a complex of carbonate buffers, potassium and trace elements such as iron, formulated in the ratio taken up regularly by coralline algae — so it lifts alkalinity and restocks minor elements in the same dose. One millilitre raises the alkalinity of 100 litres by 0.1 dKH. It is intended for fish-only and soft coral systems, and for cycling new marine aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuffer and trace elements in one bottle\u003c\/strong\u003e — carbonate buffers, potassium and trace elements including iron, in the proportions Red Sea states coralline algae consume.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA published dose response\u003c\/strong\u003e — 1 mL raises alkalinity in 100 L by 0.1 dKH (0.03 meq\/L), so you dose against a test result instead of guessing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReplaces Reef Foundation B in these systems\u003c\/strong\u003e — Red Sea specifies KH Coralline Gro instead of the Foundation B buffer while cycling a new marine tank, and on an ongoing basis in fish-only or soft coral systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoralline competes with nuisance algae\u003c\/strong\u003e — Red Sea's stated rationale is that encrusting coralline takes up the nutrients and rock surface pest algae would otherwise use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree pack sizes, one formulation\u003c\/strong\u003e — 100 mL, 500 mL and 5 L all dose at the same rate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea KH Coralline Gro — Marine Buffer \u0026amp; Trace Supplement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRed Sea program\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine Care Program\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eComposition (Red Sea's wording)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbonate buffers, potassium and trace elements such as iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDose response\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL raises alkalinity of 100 L by 0.1 dKH (0.03 meq\/L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum daily alkalinity change\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.5 meq\/L (1.4 dKH)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTarget alkalinity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 3 meq\/L (8.4 dKH) in fish-only and soft coral systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine — fish-only, soft coral, and new tank cycling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDo not use with\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea Foundation ABC+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack sizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mL, 500 mL, 5 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMatching test kit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea Reef Foundation KH\/Alkalinity Pro, resolution 0.05 meq\/L (0.14 dKH)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWho it suits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e100 mL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED309\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTrialling the product, or a nano marine tank that would not finish a larger bottle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e500 mL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED291\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe standard size for most fish-only and soft coral systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e5 L\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED291a\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge systems dosing daily. Red Sea's own website publishes 100 mL and 500 mL only, so treat the 5 L as a distributor pack size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe formulation and the dose rate are identical across all three. Size is only a question of how quickly you get through it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea does not publish a fixed millilitres-per-litre dose. The dose is derived from your own alkalinity test, because you are replacing what the tank has consumed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSetting the daily dose\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's procedure for boosting coralline algae, from the product manual:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRun the aquarium for four days at stable salinity, compensating for evaporation daily, without adding any supplements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest alkalinity and calculate the dose needed to bring it back to target. That is the four-day dosage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd the four-day dosage to the system. Divide it by four and use that as the daily dose for the next week.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAfter a week of daily dosing, test again and adjust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep testing weekly and adjusting the daily dose as required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eThe rules that matter\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck salinity and correct it before testing alkalinity, then wait 10 minutes for the water to stabilise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNever move alkalinity by more than 0.5 meq\/L (1.4 dKH) in one day. Faster than that stresses corals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd it to the sump. With no sump, add it slowly into an area of high flow so it never contacts corals directly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you miss a day or more, add the full missed amount — but not where that would breach the daily ceiling above.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCycling a new marine aquarium, where Red Sea specifies it in place of Foundation B\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFish-only marine systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft coral systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEncouraging coralline onto bare rock, returns and overflow boxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eNot suitable for\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse alongside Red Sea Foundation ABC+.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea states the two should not be used in conjunction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReef systems already dosed for hard corals.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea is blunt about this: coralline algae will grow naturally, without any special supplements, in all reef systems optimised for hard corals. If calcium, alkalinity and magnesium are already held at stony coral levels and you supplement trace elements, this product has nothing to add.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFreshwater aquariums. This is a marine formulation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-kh-alkalinity-pro-testing-kit-75-tests\"\u003eRed Sea KH\/Alkalinity Pro Test Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — the kit Red Sea names for measuring the drop this product replaces. Its 0.05 meq\/L resolution is what makes the four-day method work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-marine-care-multi-test-kit\"\u003eRed Sea Marine Care Multi Test Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — pH, ammonia, nitrite and nitrate, for the cycling period when you would be dosing this.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-marine-care-magnesium-test-kit\"\u003eRed Sea Marine Care Magnesium Test Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — low magnesium is the usual reason alkalinity will not hold its level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-marine-care-calcium-test-kit\"\u003eRed Sea Marine Care Calcium Test Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — calcium and alkalinity move together and are best read as a pair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-coral-pro-salt-20kg-refill-box-600ltr\"\u003eRed Sea Coral Pro Salt\u003c\/a\u003e — start water changes from a known alkalinity baseline.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's 24-month warranty covers manufacturing defects in its aquarium products and expressly excludes consumable items. Red Sea publishes no separate warranty term for its supplements. Any manufacturer warranty is in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law and does not limit them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea does not publish storage conditions, a shelf life or a safety data sheet for KH Coralline Gro, so this page does not state one. If you need a dangerous goods or air freight classification for the 5 L, contact us before ordering and we will confirm it with the distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much Red Sea KH Coralline Gro do I add per litre?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere is no fixed per-litre dose. Red Sea sets the dose from a measured alkalinity drop: 1 mL of KH Coralline Gro raises the alkalinity of 100 litres of aquarium water by 0.1 dKH, so you test, calculate the shortfall against your target, and dose to close it — never moving alkalinity more than 0.5 meq\/L (1.4 dKH) in a single day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use KH Coralline Gro and Red Sea Foundation ABC+ together?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Red Sea states in the KH Coralline Gro manual that it should not be used in conjunction with Red Sea Foundation ABC+. KH Coralline Gro is used instead of the Reef Foundation B buffer, not alongside the full Foundation program.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need KH Coralline Gro if I run a hard coral reef?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsually not. Red Sea states that coralline algae will grow naturally, without any special supplements, in all reef systems optimised for hard corals — meaning systems where calcium, carbonates and magnesium are held at stony coral levels and trace elements are already supplemented. KH Coralline Gro is aimed at fish-only systems, soft coral systems and new tanks being cycled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat alkalinity should I be aiming for?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea specifies approximately 3 meq\/L, which is 8.4 dKH, to promote coralline algae in fish-only and soft coral aquariums. That is deliberately lower than the 11 to 12 dKH many stony coral keepers run.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich test kit should I use with it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea names its Reef Foundation KH\/Alkalinity Pro Test Kit, which resolves to 0.05 meq\/L (0.14 dKH) across 75 tests. That resolution matters, because the dosing method depends on detecting a small alkalinity drop over four days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhere in the tank do I add it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInto the sump. If the system has no sump, Red Sea says to add the supplement slowly into an area of high water flow to prevent direct contact with the corals.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"500ml","offer_id":54774153609507,"sku":"RED291","price":27.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"100ml","offer_id":55335170277667,"sku":"RED309","price":13.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5ltr","offer_id":55335170310435,"sku":"RED291a","price":255.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/Red_Sea_Marine_Care_-_KH_Coralline_Gro.jpg?v=1782112532"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-care-coral-colours-abcd-4-x100ml-bottles-trial-pack","title":"Red Sea Reef Care Coral Colours ABCD 4 x100ml Bottles Trial Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTry the full four-part colour program before committing to full-size bottles.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea Reef Care Coral Colours ABCD Trial Pack bundles 100 mL bottles of Colours A (Iodine+), B (Potassium+), C (Iron+) and D (Bioactive Elements) — the complete coral colouration system in a size built for testing the program, not running it long-term.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll four Colours supplements in one pack\u003c\/strong\u003e — A, B, C and D, 100 mL each, so you can run the full program without buying four full-size bottles up front.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTargets four separate colour pathways\u003c\/strong\u003e — iodine and halogens for pinks, potassium and boron for reds, iron and trace metals for greens, and a bioactive trace-element blend for blues and overall vitality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDosed to tested demand, not a fixed schedule\u003c\/strong\u003e — Red Sea's own guidance ties Colours dosing to measured calcium consumption, not a calendar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder 1c per litre of tank water treated\u003c\/strong\u003e at standard dosing — the trial pack works out to a fraction of a cent per litre across the four bottles combined.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eComponent\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBottle size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain elements\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEffect per mL (per 100 L)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum daily increase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColours A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIodine, bromine, fluorine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaises iodine by 0.03 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.03 ppm iodine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColours B\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePotassium, boron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaises potassium by 1.75 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 ppm potassium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColours C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIron, manganese, cobalt, copper, aluminium, zinc, chromium, nickel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaises iron by 0.02 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.05 ppm iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColours D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBioactive trace element complex, including silver, gold, vanadium and tungsten\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDosed to calcium demand, not tested individually\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published — dose to the general formula\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's general dosing guide is 1 mL of each Colours supplement per 100 L of tank water for every 20 ppm of calcium your system consumes, dosed daily. That ties colour-element dosing to your coral growth rate rather than a fixed schedule. For precise, tested dosing rather than the general formula, pair this pack with the Red Sea Reef Colours Pro test kit, which measures iodine, potassium and iron directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I dose all four at once?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — the four are designed to be dosed together, each into a high-flow area of the sump, ideally a few minutes apart rather than mixed together undiluted.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat happens if I overdose one of these?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach element carries its own risk. Excess iodine can affect coral soft tissue. Excess potassium tends to show up first as algae growth rather than coral stress. Excess iron is toxic to invertebrates above the recommended level — this is the one to be most careful with in a mixed reef.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for established reef aquariums running SPS, LPS or mixed coral that show washed-out colouration despite stable core parameters (calcium, alkalinity, magnesium). Not a starting point for a new or unstable tank — get calcium, alkalinity and magnesium dialled in with the Foundation ABC+ range first, since trace-element dosing on an unstable base does little for colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore all four bottles capped, upright and out of direct light. Once you've worked out which elements you go through fastest, the standalone 500 mL and 5 L bottles work out cheaper per litre than repeat trial packs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eConsumable supplement pack — check the use-by date on each bottle, and your rights under Australian Consumer Law apply regardless of any manufacturer date. Standard freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Reef Colours Pro test kit — for measuring iodine, potassium and iron rather than dosing on the general formula alone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Foundation A, B and C — get calcium, alkalinity and magnesium stable before layering on colour dosing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Reef Care Dosing Cap Tube — accurate, repeatable measuring for all four bottles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs this pack enough to run the program long-term?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — it's sized for trying the program, not maintaining it. At the general dosing rate, each 100 mL bottle covers roughly 10,000 L of tank water treated over time, which is a matter of weeks on most reef tanks, not months.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I buy just the elements my coral needs, rather than all four?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — A, B, C and D are all sold individually in 500 mL and 5 L sizes once you know which your system actually needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need the test kit to use this safely?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot strictly, if you follow the general calcium-linked dosing formula. But iron toxicity to invertebrates means testing is the safer path once you're dosing regularly rather than trialling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this fix pale coral on its own?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly if trace-element depletion is the actual cause. Pale coral is just as often lighting, flow or an unstable calcium\/alkalinity\/magnesium base — rule those out first.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774153675043,"sku":"RED293","price":43.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/RED293_1.png?v=1772078656"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-care-reef-foundation-abc-3-pack-250ml-ea","title":"Red Sea Reef Care Reef Foundation ABC 3 Pack 250ml ea","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe three skeletal elements, dosed separately, in a trial-friendly size.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea Reef Foundation ABC 3-Pack bundles a 250 mL bottle each of Foundation A (calcium and strontium), Foundation B (alkalinity) and Foundation C (magnesium) — the three elements every stony coral consumes fastest. Dosing them as separate liquids, rather than one blended powder, lets you correct each element independently when your tank's uptake isn't balanced across all three.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree elements, three bottles\u003c\/strong\u003e — Foundation A (calcium\/strontium), B (alkalinity) and C (magnesium), dosed and tested independently of one another.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorrects uneven uptake\u003c\/strong\u003e — SPS-heavy systems often consume calcium and alkalinity faster than magnesium; separate liquids let you dose only what's actually depleted.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e250 mL trial size\u003c\/strong\u003e — enough to run a nano or small reef for months, or to test the Foundation range before committing to bulk powder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder 1c per litre dosed\u003c\/strong\u003e — see Specifications for the full dose-rate breakdown.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 × Foundation A, 1 × Foundation B, 1 × Foundation C, 250 mL each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFormat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLiquid concentrate, dosed individually\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFoundation A dose rate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL raises calcium by approximately 2 ppm per 100 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFoundation B dose rate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL raises alkalinity by approximately 0.036 meq\/L (0.1 dKH) per 100 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFoundation C dose rate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL raises magnesium by approximately 1 ppm per 100 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine \/ reef aquariums\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCost per litre dosed\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per litre, per element topped up once\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-Pack, 250 mL each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED294\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$56.00\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt the 1 mL per 100 L convention shared by all three elements, each 250 mL bottle tops up roughly 25,000 L worth of dosing across its life — works out to a fraction of a cent per litre for calcium, alkalinity or magnesium individually.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need? Liquid ABC vs powder ABC+\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFoundation ABC 3-Pack (liquid)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFoundation ABC+ (powder)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDosing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEach element dosed separately, to its own test result\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne dose covers all three, in a fixed ratio\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest for\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSystems where uptake is uneven across Ca\/Alk\/Mg — typically SPS-heavy reefs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSystems where all three deplete roughly in proportion\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFormat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLiquid, ready to dose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder, dissolved or dosed dry\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTest calcium, alkalinity and magnesium with the Reef Foundation Pro Multi Test Kit before dosing. Dose each element separately: 1 mL of Foundation A per 100 L raises calcium by approximately 2 ppm; 1 mL of Foundation B per 100 L raises alkalinity by approximately 0.036 meq\/L (0.1 dKH); 1 mL of Foundation C per 100 L raises magnesium by approximately 1 ppm. Retest weekly and adjust each element's dose independently — that's the reason to choose the liquid trio over the ABC+ powder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e reef aquariums, particularly SPS-heavy systems where calcium, alkalinity and magnesium deplete at different rates and need independent correction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater aquariums, or reefs where all three elements track together — the ABC+ powder is simpler for that case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore bottles away from direct sunlight and out of reach of children and pets. Dose accurately — alkalinity in particular can swing pH sharply if overdosed in one go; split large corrections across more than one day.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-foundation-pro-multi-testing-kit\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Foundation Pro Multi Testing Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — tests calcium, alkalinity and magnesium to guide each dose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-skeletal-elements-foundation-abc-1kg\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Care Skeletal Elements Foundation ABC+ 1kg\u003c\/a\u003e — the combined powder alternative for balanced-uptake systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's standard consumer guarantee in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships standard courier — no cold chain or special handling required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eShould I buy the liquid 3-pack or the ABC+ powder?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the liquid 3-pack if your calcium, alkalinity and magnesium test results drift apart from each other over time — common in SPS-heavy tanks. Choose ABC+ powder if all three consistently deplete together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I dose all three at once?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, but test first — the value of dosing them separately is correcting only what's actually low, rather than adding all three regardless of need.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow long does the 3-pack last?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt the standard 1 mL per 100 L dose rate, each 250 mL bottle covers roughly 25,000 L of cumulative dosing — months for a typical home reef, depending on coral load and tank size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes alkalinity dosing affect pH?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — Foundation B raises carbonate alkalinity, which buffers pH. Large single doses can move pH quickly; split corrections over several days rather than dosing the full amount at once.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs this suitable for a new tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — the 250 mL trial size is a common way to start dosing on a new or smaller reef before committing to bulk sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774153707811,"sku":"RED294","price":56.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/RED294_2.png?v=1772078642"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-care-skeletal-elements-foundation-abc-1kg","title":"Red Sea Reef Care Skeletal Elements Foundation ABC + 1kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne powder, three elements, in the ratio corals actually consume them.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea Skeletal Elements Foundation ABC+ blends calcium, carbonate alkalinity and magnesium — plus the potassium, boron, iodine and bromine of Coral Colours A and B — in the same proportions found in coral skeleton. Instead of dosing three or four separate liquids, one measured scoop of powder replaces the routine. This 1 kg tub suits nano to medium reefs with balanced, moderate demand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne powder, several elements\u003c\/strong\u003e — calcium, alkalinity and magnesium in coral-consumption ratio, with trace potassium, boron, iodine and bromine included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimpler than dosing separately\u003c\/strong\u003e — one scoop replaces three or four bottles, provided your tank's uptake stays in proportion across elements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDaily or weekly dosing\u003c\/strong\u003e — add directly to flow for daily dosing, or dissolve in a bucket first for a weekly top-up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder 1c per litre dosed\u003c\/strong\u003e — see Specifications for the full cost breakdown.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 kg tub\u003c\/strong\u003e — the trial-to-medium size; see the 5 kg tub for larger systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eContains\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCalcium, carbonate alkalinity, magnesium, plus potassium, boron, iodine and bromine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFormat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 kg tub\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDose rate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 g per 100 L of aquarium water\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDosing frequency\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDaily or weekly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine \/ reef aquariums with balanced elemental uptake\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCost per litre dosed\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per litre dosed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED300\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$48.50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED301\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$141.95\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt the conservative end of the 1–2 g per 100 L dose range, a 1 kg tub covers roughly 50,000 L of cumulative dosing — a fraction of a cent per litre either way, though the 5 kg tub works out cheaper again per gram for anyone dosing daily on a larger system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need? ABC+ powder vs liquid ABC\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFoundation ABC+ (powder, this product)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFoundation ABC 3-Pack (liquid)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDosing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne dose covers all three, in a fixed ratio\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEach element dosed separately, to its own test result\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest for\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSystems where calcium, alkalinity and magnesium deplete roughly in proportion\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSPS-heavy systems where uptake is uneven across elements\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFormat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder, dissolved or dosed dry\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLiquid, ready to dose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDose daily or weekly depending on your system and coral load. For daily dosing, add the powder directly into an area of good flow. For weekly dosing, dissolve in a bucket of aquarium water first, then add gradually. Use 1–2 g per 100 L as a starting point, and test all three foundation elements weekly — if one drifts out of line with the others, correct it with the individual Foundation A, B or C liquid rather than increasing the ABC+ dose.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e reef aquariums with moderate, balanced calcium\/alkalinity\/magnesium demand — mixed reefs and systems without heavy, lopsided SPS growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e systems where one element consistently depletes faster than the others — dosing more ABC+ to correct it will overdose the other two. Use the individual Foundation A, B and C liquids instead.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep the tub sealed between uses — the powder is hygroscopic and will clump if it absorbs moisture from the air. Use the supplied scoop or a dry measuring spoon; a wet scoop introduces moisture into the remaining powder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place out of reach of children and pets. Avoid inhaling the fine powder when measuring doses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-foundation-pro-multi-testing-kit\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Foundation Pro Multi Testing Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — tests calcium, alkalinity and magnesium to confirm the elements are tracking together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-reef-foundation-abc-3-pack-250ml-ea\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Foundation ABC 3-Pack (liquid)\u003c\/a\u003e — for correcting an individual element that's drifted out of proportion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-skeletal-elements-foundation-abc-5kg\"\u003eRed Sea Skeletal Elements Foundation ABC+ 5kg\u003c\/a\u003e — the bulk size for larger systems or daily dosing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's standard consumer guarantee in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships standard courier — no cold chain or special handling required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow is ABC+ different from dosing Foundation A, B and C separately?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eABC+ blends all three in one fixed ratio, so one dose covers all three elements at once. The liquid 3-pack lets you dose and correct each element on its own, which matters if your tank consumes them unevenly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow long will 1 kg last?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt the conservative end of the 1–2 g per 100 L range, a 1 kg tub covers roughly 50,000 L of cumulative dosing — several months on a typical home reef.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eShould I dose daily or weekly?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eEither works. Daily dosing keeps levels more stable; weekly dosing (pre-dissolved in a bucket) is simpler to fit into a routine. Test weekly regardless of dosing frequency.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat if my calcium keeps dropping faster than alkalinity and magnesium?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eDon't increase the ABC+ dose to compensate — that will overdose alkalinity and magnesium. Correct calcium on its own with Foundation A liquid instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs 1 kg or 5 kg better value?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth work out to under 1c per litre dosed. Choose 5 kg only if you're confident you'll use it within its shelf life — the powder is hygroscopic and best used within a reasonable time of opening.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774153871651,"sku":"RED300","price":48.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/Red_Sea_Foundation_ABC_skeletal_elements_8f97c9ed-a476-4339-83b1-40f4f0334a5d.jpg?v=1782112619"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-care-skeletal-elements-foundation-abc-5kg","title":"Red Sea Reef Care Skeletal Elements Foundation ABC+ 5kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe bulk tub for reefs that go through Foundation elements fast.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea Skeletal Elements Foundation ABC+ blends calcium, carbonate alkalinity and magnesium — plus the potassium, boron, iodine and bromine of Coral Colours A and B — in the same proportions found in coral skeleton, so one measured scoop replaces separate dosing of each element. The 5 kg tub is the economical size for large systems, frag farms, or anyone dosing daily who doesn't want to reorder every few weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne powder, several elements\u003c\/strong\u003e — calcium, alkalinity and magnesium in coral-consumption ratio, with trace potassium, boron, iodine and bromine included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for daily dosing at scale\u003c\/strong\u003e — large or heavily-stocked reefs consuming Foundation elements daily get through a 1 kg tub quickly; 5 kg cuts down on reorder frequency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLower cost per gram than the 1 kg tub\u003c\/strong\u003e — the 5 kg size is the better per-litre buy for ongoing, high-volume dosing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDaily or weekly dosing\u003c\/strong\u003e — add directly to flow for daily dosing, or dissolve in a bucket first for a weekly top-up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder 1c per litre dosed\u003c\/strong\u003e — see Specifications for the full cost breakdown.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eContains\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCalcium, carbonate alkalinity, magnesium, plus potassium, boron, iodine and bromine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFormat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 kg tub\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDose rate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 g per 100 L of aquarium water\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDosing frequency\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDaily or weekly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine \/ reef aquariums with balanced elemental uptake, particularly larger or heavily-stocked systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCost per litre dosed\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per litre dosed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED300\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$48.50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED301\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$141.95\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt the conservative end of the 1–2 g per 100 L dose range, the 5 kg tub covers roughly 250,000 L of cumulative dosing. Per gram it's noticeably cheaper than the 1 kg tub — $0.0284\/g against $0.0485\/g — so a system dosing daily works out ahead buying the larger size, provided it's used before the powder is affected by moisture over a long storage period.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need? ABC+ powder vs liquid ABC\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFoundation ABC+ (powder, this product)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFoundation ABC 3-Pack (liquid)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDosing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne dose covers all three, in a fixed ratio\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEach element dosed separately, to its own test result\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest for\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSystems where calcium, alkalinity and magnesium deplete roughly in proportion\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSPS-heavy systems where uptake is uneven across elements\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFormat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder, dissolved or dosed dry\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLiquid, ready to dose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDose daily or weekly depending on your system and coral load. For daily dosing on a larger or heavily-stocked system, add the powder directly into an area of good flow — an auto-doser is worth considering at this pack size. For weekly dosing, dissolve in a bucket of aquarium water first, then add gradually. Use 1–2 g per 100 L as a starting point, and test all three foundation elements weekly; if one element drifts out of line with the others, correct it with the individual Foundation A, B or C liquid rather than increasing the ABC+ dose.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e larger reef aquariums, frag systems or multi-tank setups with moderate, balanced calcium\/alkalinity\/magnesium demand run on a consistent dosing routine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e smaller or newer tanks that won't get through 5 kg before it's affected by long-term storage — the 1 kg tub is the better starting size. Also not suitable where one element consistently depletes faster than the others; dosing more ABC+ to correct it will overdose the other two.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep the tub sealed between uses — the powder is hygroscopic and will clump if it absorbs moisture from the air. Decant into smaller sealed containers if you dose from it daily, so the bulk of the tub is opened less often. Use a dry measuring scoop; a wet scoop introduces moisture into the remaining powder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place out of reach of children and pets. Avoid inhaling the fine powder when measuring doses, particularly when decanting the full 5 kg tub.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-foundation-pro-multi-testing-kit\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Foundation Pro Multi Testing Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — tests calcium, alkalinity and magnesium to confirm the elements are tracking together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-reef-foundation-abc-3-pack-250ml-ea\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Foundation ABC 3-Pack (liquid)\u003c\/a\u003e — for correcting an individual element that's drifted out of proportion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-skeletal-elements-foundation-abc-1kg\"\u003eRed Sea Skeletal Elements Foundation ABC+ 1kg\u003c\/a\u003e — the smaller size for nano and newer reefs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's standard consumer guarantee in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships standard courier as a single bulk tub — no cold chain or special handling required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the 5 kg tub worth it over buying 1 kg tubs?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, if you'll use it within a reasonable time — it works out to roughly 41% less per gram than the 1 kg tub. For a smaller or newer system that doses lightly, the 1 kg tub is the more practical choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow long does 5 kg last on a large reef?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt the conservative end of the 1–2 g per 100 L dose range, 5 kg covers roughly 250,000 L of cumulative dosing — the actual time depends heavily on your tank's coral load and dosing frequency.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use an auto-doser with ABC+ powder?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot directly — ABC+ is a powder, not a liquid. Most reefers on daily dosing dissolve a batch in a bucket of RO\/DI water first, then dose that solution through an auto-doser or by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill the powder clump in a 5 kg tub over time?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can, if moisture gets in. Keep the lid sealed between uses and consider decanting into a smaller sealed container for day-to-day dosing rather than opening the full tub repeatedly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat if calcium keeps dropping faster than alkalinity and magnesium?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eDon't increase the ABC+ dose to compensate — that will overdose alkalinity and magnesium. Correct calcium on its own with Foundation A liquid instead.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774153904419,"sku":"RED301","price":141.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/fa75a70e5ee109f4ae1b0276d5bc7e1f77a5d1b4.jpg?v=1782112621"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-care-calcium-foundation-a-powder","title":"Red Sea Reef Care Calcium+ Foundation A (Powder)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReplace the calcium your corals consume, mixed fresh from a concentrated powder.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea Reef Foundation A is a calcium and strontium supplement for reef aquariums, part of the three-part Foundation ABC+ program alongside Alkalinity (B) and Magnesium (C). Dissolve the powder into a concentrated stock solution and dose it daily to replace what your corals and coralline algae pull out of the water. Available in a 1 kg tub or an 18 kg bulk pail for larger systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConcentrated powder format\u003c\/strong\u003e — mix your own stock solution rather than paying to ship and store a pre-mixed liquid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 mL raises calcium by 2 ppm per 100 L\u003c\/strong\u003e — a precise, repeatable dosing rate once mixed to solution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder 1c per litre of tank water treated\u003c\/strong\u003e — both pack sizes work out to a fraction of a cent per litre at standard maintenance dosing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart of the Foundation ABC+ system\u003c\/strong\u003e — designed to be dosed alongside Foundation B (Alkalinity) and Foundation C (Magnesium), in that order.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrontium included\u003c\/strong\u003e — supports skeletal density alongside calcium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVariant\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFormat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApprox. yield at standard maintenance dosing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per litre treated\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 kg powder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMix into 1.8 L RO\/DI water for a concentrated stock solution\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≈18,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 kg powder (bulk pail)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMix into RO\/DI water at the same 1 kg : 1.8 L ratio\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≈324,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMixing and dosing\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDissolve the full 1 kg tub in 1.8 L of RO\/DI water to make a concentrated stock solution. Once mixed, 1 mL of that stock solution raises the calcium level of 100 L of tank water by approximately 2 ppm. Dose to a tested target, not a fixed schedule — test calcium before dosing and adjust the volume to what your system is actually consuming.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat calcium range should I be running?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's own guidance puts the target between 410 mg\/L for a low-nutrient system and 465 mg\/L for an SPS-dominated frag tank. Match the target to your system type rather than chasing the highest number on the chart.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow much can I safely raise calcium in one day?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's stated maximum is 20 ppm in 24 hours. Raising it faster risks stressing corals even though the number itself isn't dangerous to fish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I dose Foundation A, B and C together?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — Red Sea's recommended order is magnesium first, then alkalinity, then calcium, with roughly 10 minutes between each so the three don't react with each other before they've dispersed through the water column.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for reef and marine aquariums keeping stony coral, soft coral or coralline algae that need ongoing calcium replacement. Not suitable for freshwater aquariums, and not a substitute for testing — dosing calcium without testing risks pushing the system toward saturation, which can crash alkalinity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHandle the dry powder the same way as any concentrated mineral supplement: avoid inhaling dust when measuring, and keep it away from children and pets. Once mixed to solution, dose into a high-flow area of the sump rather than directly onto livestock.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore the tub sealed, dry and out of direct sunlight. Once mixed, keep the stock solution in a sealed, opaque container — light and air both shorten its working life. Re-test calcium weekly and adjust the daily dose rather than assuming consumption stays constant as coral cover grows.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eConsumable supplement — check the use-by guidance on the tub rather than a fixed warranty term, and your rights under Australian Consumer Law apply regardless. Standard freight; the 18 kg pail ships as a heavier parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Foundation B (Alkalinity+) — dosed alongside Foundation A in the three-part program.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Foundation C (Magnesium+) — the third element in the ABC+ program.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Reef Care Dosing Cap Tube — for connecting a stock solution bottle to a dosing pump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs Foundation A the same as Reef Foundation ABC+?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — ABC+ is Red Sea's name for the combined three-part program. Foundation A is the calcium and strontium element on its own, for reefkeepers who want to dose and test each parameter independently.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need the 18 kg pail or the 1 kg tub?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003ePer-litre cost favours the 18 kg pail, but only if you'll use it within its working life once mixed — for a smaller system, the 1 kg tub avoids stock solution sitting around for months.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this raise magnesium or alkalinity too?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — Foundation A is calcium and strontium only. Alkalinity and magnesium are dosed separately with Foundation B and C.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this instead of a calcium reactor?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, on smaller to mid-sized reef systems many keepers dose Foundation A instead of running a reactor. On larger, heavily stocked SPS systems a reactor is usually more cost-effective long-term.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"1kg","offer_id":54774153937187,"sku":"RED302","price":46.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"18kg","offer_id":55335146389795,"sku":"RED302a","price":588.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/Red_Sea_Reef_Foundation_A_Powder.jpg?v=1782112597"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-care-kh-foundation-b-powder","title":"Red Sea Reef Care KH\/Alkalinity Foundation B (Powder)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe same alkalinity buffer, at a fraction of the per-litre cost.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea Reef Foundation B Powder is the concentrated dry form of the KH\/alkalinity element in Red Sea's three-part Reef Foundation program. Mixed into a stock solution with RO\/DI water, it replenishes the same carbonate corals consume fastest — at a running cost well below the ready-to-use liquid on larger systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMix once, dose for weeks\u003c\/strong\u003e — dissolve the tub into a stock solution and dose it exactly like the liquid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLower cost per correction\u003c\/strong\u003e — the powder format cuts the cost per litre of alkalinity correction to roughly a third of the liquid's, once mixed (see Cost per litre below).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSame carbonate blend\u003c\/strong\u003e as Foundation B liquid, balanced to natural seawater ratios.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpace-efficient\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 1 kg tub takes up a fraction of the shelf space of the equivalent litres of liquid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBulk option\u003c\/strong\u003e — the 18 kg pail suits larger systems or multi-tank dosing stations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMix ratio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStock solution dose for +0.1 dKH\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED303\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 kg in 10 L RO\/DI water\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mL of stock per 100 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED303a\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 kg in 180 L RO\/DI water\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mL of stock per 100 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMixing and dosing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDissolve the full tub into the stated volume of RO\/DI water to make a stock solution — 1 kg into 10 L for the standard tub, scaled up to 180 L for the 18 kg pail. Once mixed, dose exactly as you would the liquid: 3 mL of stock per 100 L of tank water for every 0.1 dKH you need to raise, in small daily corrections against a measured KH result rather than a fixed schedule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhy does the powder need 3 mL per dose instead of 1 mL?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix ratio dilutes the powder to roughly a third of the liquid's strength per millilitre. It's still far cheaper overall — you're paying for carbonate by weight, not for pre-mixed water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCost per litre\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce mixed, a 1 kg tub yields enough stock solution to raise 33,333 L of tank water by 1 dKH — about $1.40 per 1,000 L corrected. The 18 kg pail raises 600,000 L by the same 1 dKH, at roughly 98c per 1,000 L. Both land under 1c per litre on the product tile; the working numbers below are what actually separate this from the liquid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLitres raised 1 dKH per pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per 1,000 L corrected\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$46.50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33,333 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1.40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$588.95\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0.98\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for marine and reef aquariums on a KH\/alkalinity dosing regime, particularly larger systems or dosing stations where mixing your own stock solution is worth the saving. Not suitable if you don't have a spare 10 L (or 180 L) container and RO\/DI water on hand to mix it — buy the ready-to-use liquid instead. Not intended for freshwater aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep out of reach of children and pets. Avoid inhaling the dry powder when mixing; avoid prolonged skin and eye contact. Store the sealed tub away from moisture. Safe for fish, coral and invertebrates once mixed and dosed at the recommended rate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-magnesium-foundation-c-powder\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Care Magnesium Foundation C (Powder)\u003c\/a\u003e — the matching magnesium element in dry format.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-calcium-foundation-a\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Care Calcium+ Foundation A\u003c\/a\u003e — dose alongside so calcium tracks alkalinity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-foundation-pro-multi-testing-kit\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Foundation Pro Multi Testing Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — test before you dose, not after.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-kh-foundation-b\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Care KH\/Alkalinity Foundation B\u003c\/a\u003e — the ready-to-use liquid, for smaller tanks or when mixing your own stock isn't worth the saving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by the manufacturer's standard consumer guarantees in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. The 18 kg pail ships on a pallet-rated carton — check delivery access for larger vehicles if you're off the beaten track.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need RO\/DI water to mix this?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — mixing with tap water risks introducing phosphate, silicate or metals that dosing pure carbonate is meant to avoid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow long does the mixed stock solution keep?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore it as you would any reef dosing solution — sealed, out of direct sunlight, and used within a few months for best results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the 18 kg pail worth it over the 1 kg tub?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn cost per litre corrected, yes — it works out to roughly 30% cheaper per 1,000 L than the 1 kg tub. It only makes sense if you have the storage and the dosing volume to use it before it's needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this instead of the liquid in a dosing pump?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, once mixed to stock solution it doses through the same pumps as the liquid — just recalibrate the dose to 3 mL per 100 L per 0.1 dKH rather than 1 mL.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"1kg","offer_id":54774154035491,"sku":"RED303","price":46.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"18kg","offer_id":55335147634979,"sku":"RED303a","price":588.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/Red_Sea_Reef_Foundation_B_Powder.jpg?v=1782112599"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-care-magnesium-foundation-c-powder","title":"Red Sea Reef Care Magnesium Foundation C (Powder)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe same magnesium blend, mixed to full strength.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea Reef Foundation C Powder is the concentrated dry form of the magnesium element in the three-part Reef Foundation program. Mixed into a stock solution with RO\/DI water at full liquid strength, it's the most economical way to keep magnesium — and therefore calcium and alkalinity — stable on a larger system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMixes to full liquid strength\u003c\/strong\u003e — 1 mL of mixed stock raises 100 L by 1 ppm Mg, same as the ready-to-use liquid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowest cost per correction\u003c\/strong\u003e of any Foundation C format — see Cost per litre below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSame magnesium salt blend\u003c\/strong\u003e as the liquid, balanced to natural seawater ratios.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpace-efficient\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 1 kg tub replaces a large volume of pre-mixed liquid on the shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBulk option\u003c\/strong\u003e — the 18 kg pail suits larger systems and multi-tank dosing stations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMix ratio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStock solution dose for +1 ppm Mg\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED304\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 kg in 1.67 L RO\/DI water\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL of stock per 100 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED304a\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 kg in approx. 30 L RO\/DI water\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL of stock per 100 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMixing and dosing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDissolve the full tub into the stated volume of RO\/DI water — 1 kg into 1.67 L for the standard tub, scaled up to roughly 30 L for the 18 kg pail. The result mixes to the same strength as the ready-to-use liquid: dose 1 mL of stock per 100 L of tank water for every 1 ppm you need to raise magnesium, correcting gradually over several days for anything larger than about 20 ppm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhy does this mix so much stronger than Foundation B powder?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach element mixes to its own ratio. Foundation C dissolves to the same strength as the liquid; Foundation B is diluted further and doses at 3 mL per 100 L instead of 1 mL. Follow the ratio on the tub you have rather than assuming they match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCost per litre\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 1 kg tub mixes to enough stock to raise 167,000 L of tank water by 1 ppm — about 28c per 1,000 L corrected. The 18 kg pail raises just over 3,000,000 L by the same 1 ppm, at roughly 20c per 1,000 L. Both are the cheapest way to buy Foundation C, and both round to under 1c per litre on the product tile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLitres raised 1 ppm Mg per pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per 1,000 L corrected\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$46.50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e167,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0.28\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$588.95\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3,006,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0.20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for marine and reef aquariums running calcium and alkalinity dosing, particularly larger systems where mixing your own magnesium stock is worth the saving over pre-mixed liquid. Not suitable if you don't have RO\/DI water and a mixing container on hand — buy the ready-to-use liquid instead. Not intended for freshwater aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep out of reach of children and pets. Avoid inhaling the dry powder when mixing; avoid prolonged skin and eye contact. Store the sealed tub away from moisture. Safe for fish, coral and invertebrates once mixed and dosed at the recommended rate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-kh-foundation-b-powder\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Care KH\/Alkalinity Foundation B (Powder)\u003c\/a\u003e — the matching alkalinity element in dry format.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-calcium-foundation-a\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Care Calcium+ Foundation A\u003c\/a\u003e — dose alongside so calcium tracks magnesium and alkalinity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-foundation-pro-multi-testing-kit\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Foundation Pro Multi Testing Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — test Mg before you dose, not after.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-magnesium-foundation-c\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Care Magnesium Foundation C\u003c\/a\u003e — the ready-to-use liquid, for smaller tanks or when mixing isn't worth the saving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by the manufacturer's standard consumer guarantees in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. The 18 kg pail ships on a pallet-rated carton — check delivery access for larger vehicles if you're off the beaten track.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need RO\/DI water to mix this?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — tap water can introduce phosphate, silicate or metals that dosing pure magnesium salts is meant to avoid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the 18 kg pail worth it over the 1 kg tub?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn cost per litre corrected, yes — it works out roughly 30% cheaper per 1,000 L than the 1 kg tub, though it only pays off if you have the dosing volume and storage to use it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I dose the mixed stock through a dosing pump?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — once mixed it doses exactly like the liquid, at 1 mL of stock per 100 L per 1 ppm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow long does the mixed stock keep?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore it sealed and out of direct sunlight, and use it within a few months for best results, as with any reef dosing solution.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"1kg","offer_id":54774154133795,"sku":"RED304","price":46.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"18kg","offer_id":55335147700515,"sku":"RED304a","price":588.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/Red_Sea_Reef_Foundation_C_powder.jpg?v=1782112617"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-care-no3-po4-reducer","title":"Red Sea Reef Care Nitrate NO3 and Phosphate PO4 Reducer","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLowers nitrate and phosphate the biological way, not with resin.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea NO3:PO4-X is a carbon-dosing nutrient reducer — it feeds the bacterial population that consumes nitrate and phosphate together, letting your protein skimmer export the resulting biomass. Dosed daily against your own test results, it's a controllable alternative to nitrate and phosphate media that doesn't need replacing on a schedule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReduces NO3 and PO4 together\u003c\/strong\u003e — one product addresses both, rather than dosing separate media for each.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eControllable\u003c\/strong\u003e — the daily dose is set by your measured nitrate level, not a fixed schedule, so you're not overshooting into an algae-starved tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorks with your skimmer\u003c\/strong\u003e — efficient protein skimming is what actually exports the bacterial biomass this product grows.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWide size range\u003c\/strong\u003e — from a 100 mL trial size for nano tanks up to 5 L for larger systems on ongoing carbon dosing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eForgiving of an accidental overdose\u003c\/strong\u003e — Red Sea states a large accidental overdose shouldn't cause irreversible harm, provided the skimmer is adequately rated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFormat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED308\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTrial size, nano-friendly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED289\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED290\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED289a\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBulk, larger systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDose is set by your measured nitrate level, not a flat rate. For mixed reef, marine fish and frag tanks:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasured NO3\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDaily dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbove 10 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mL per 100 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5–10 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mL per 100 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2.5 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL per 100 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSPS-dominant and ultra-low nutrient systems (ULNS) run lower thresholds — test more often and dose more conservatively. Dose daily and consistently; if you miss a day, resume at the current dose rather than doubling up to catch up. If nitrate or phosphate drops below your target range, cut the daily dose by 50% immediately rather than stopping outright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need a protein skimmer to use this?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Efficient skimming provides the oxygenation the bacterial population needs and removes the biomass it produces — without it, dosing carbon can do more harm than good.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCost per litre\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the dose depends on measured nitrate rather than a fixed rate, cost per litre here is best read as tank litres you can keep dosed for 30 days at the highest maintenance rate (3 mL per 100 L daily, for tanks running above 10 ppm NO3) — the conservative, worst-case reading of the dosing table. On that basis, a 100 mL bottle covers a 111 L tank for 30 days at roughly $0.13 per litre of tank volume; the 5 L pack covers a 5,556 L equivalent for the same 30 days at around 3c per litre. Lower nitrate readings stretch every size further than these figures show.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTank litres covered for 30 days at 3 mL\/100 L daily\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per litre (30-day basis)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$15.00\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e111 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0.13\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$34.50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e556 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6c\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$56.50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,111 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5c\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$218.00\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5,556 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3c\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for marine and reef aquariums with an efficient, correctly-sized protein skimmer, where nitrate or phosphate needs reducing without resin media. Not suitable for tanks without adequate skimming — the bacterial biomass this product produces needs somewhere to go. Not a quick fix for an algae outbreak already underway; it works alongside, not instead of, addressing the nutrient source.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSafe for fish, coral and microfauna when dosed as directed. Keep out of reach of children and pets. Store away from direct sunlight. A large accidental overdose is unlikely to cause irreversible damage provided the skimmer is adequately rated, but should still be corrected back to the measured-dose routine as soon as it's noticed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-foundation-pro-multi-testing-kit\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Foundation Pro Multi Testing Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — for measuring NO3 and PO4 before setting your daily dose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-kh-foundation-b\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Care KH\/Alkalinity Foundation B\u003c\/a\u003e — a stable, well-skimmed reef still needs its alkalinity dosed separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by the manufacturer's standard consumer guarantees in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard parcel delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow quickly will this reduce my nitrate and phosphate?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGradually — it's designed for controlled, ongoing reduction rather than a rapid fix, and dosing too aggressively risks crashing both nutrients at once.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this without a protein skimmer?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot recommended. Without efficient skimming, the bacterial biomass the product produces has nowhere to go and can cloud the water or strip oxygen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat happens if I dose too much by accident?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea states a large accidental overdose shouldn't cause irreversible damage with an adequately rated skimmer running, but you should return to the measured-dose routine immediately and watch oxygenation closely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this safe for a tank with fish only, no coral?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — it's stated safe for fish, coral and microfauna, so it works in a fish-only or mixed system as well as a reef.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich size should I start with?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 100 mL trial size is the low-cost way to confirm the method works for your tank before committing to a larger, cheaper-per-litre pack.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"100ml","offer_id":54774154297635,"sku":"RED308","price":15.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"500ml","offer_id":55335148749091,"sku":"RED289","price":34.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1ltr","offer_id":55335148781859,"sku":"RED290","price":56.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"5ltr","offer_id":55335148814627,"sku":"RED289a","price":218.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/RED308.png?v=1772078659"},{"product_id":"red-sea-marine-care-reef-mature-starter-kit","title":"Red Sea Reef Mature Pro Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA staged 21-day program that matures a new marine system before livestock goes in.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea Reef Mature Pro Kit seeds nitrifying and de-nitrifying bacteria and supplies the supplements that carry a new tank through cycling to a stable, algae-resistant baseline — one kit treats systems up to 250 L (65 US gal).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour-bottle staged program\u003c\/strong\u003e — Nitro Bac, Bacto-Start, NO3:PO4-X and KH-Coralline Gro, dosed on a set 21-day schedule.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTreats up to 250 L (65 US gal) per kit\u003c\/strong\u003e — larger systems need multiple kits dosed to the same schedule.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCost per litre of system treated: $0.24\u003c\/strong\u003e — working from the 250 L one kit covers, at the current price.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds the biofilter directly\u003c\/strong\u003e — Nitro Bac carries live nitrifying and de-nitrifying bacteria spores onto rock, substrate and bio-media rather than relying on ambient colonisation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStructured dosing removes the guesswork\u003c\/strong\u003e from the first weeks of a new system, including a scheduled 5% water change partway through the program.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the kit\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBottle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNitro Bac\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConcentrated blend of nitrifying and de-nitrifying bacteria spores, seeded onto rock, substrate and bio-media\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBacto-Start\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBalanced nitrogen and phosphorus components that simulate aquarium waste, feeding the developing bacterial colony\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNO3:PO4-X\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbon and organic-bonded element complex for nitrate and phosphate control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKH-Coralline Gro\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine buffer complex of carbonate buffers and potassium, fortified with minor and trace elements including iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eKit total: 4 x 100 mL (3.38 fl oz) bottles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe program runs over 21 days: an initial bacterial and supplement dose on day 2, daily NO3:PO4-X dosing with staged bacterial top-ups through days 3–6, a first 5% water change and continued supplementation from day 7, daily maintenance doses through days 8–20, and a final water change with reduced NO3:PO4-X on day 21. Follow Red Sea's printed program for exact daily volumes against your system size — don't add other supplements or livestock until the program says it's time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e cycling and biologically maturing a new marine or reef system before stocking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e established, already-cycled systems — this is a startup program, not an ongoing water-care routine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTest pH, KH, ammonia, nitrite and nitrate through the program to confirm it's tracking as expected, and top up daily evaporation with RO\/DI water so dosing volumes stay accurate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty against defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard shipping across Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea Marine Care Multi Test Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e — you'll need to track pH, KH, ammonia, nitrite and nitrate through the 21-day program, and this covers the parameters the schedule checks against.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow many kits do I need for my tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne kit treats up to 250 L (65 US gal). For a larger system, use multiple kits and dose them together on the same schedule rather than stretching one kit further than its rated volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I add fish or coral partway through the program?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — the schedule is built around an unstocked system. Wait until the full 21-day program, including the final water change, is complete before stocking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to change any water during the program?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — a 5% water change partway through, and another at the end of the 21 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs this cheaper than buying the bacteria and buffer products separately?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt $0.24 per litre of system treated, the kit format bundles the four staged products at one price. If you already have KH buffer or bacteria products from another maturation run, buying only what you're missing may work out cheaper for a small top-up — the kit's value is the full staged program, not the individual bottles.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774154527011,"sku":"RED314","price":61.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/Red_Sea_Reef_Mature_Starter_Kit.jpg?v=1782112737"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-energy-plus","title":"Red Sea Reef Energy Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne bottle replaces separate amino and energy dosing for corals.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea Reef Energy Plus is an all-in-one liquid coral food supplying the carbohydrates, amino acids, fatty acids and vitamins that soft corals, LPS and SPS use for growth, colouration and tissue repair. It's dosed daily against tank volume, at a rate set by how demanding the system is — a lightly stocked mixed reef needs far less than an SPS-dominant or ultra-low-nutrient (ULNS) tank running hungry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll-in-one formula\u003c\/strong\u003e — carbohydrates, amino acids, fatty acids and vitamins in one bottle, replacing separate two-part energy and amino dosing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeeds the whole coral, not just the polyp\u003c\/strong\u003e — supports tissue growth, colour development and post-stress recovery across soft coral, LPS and SPS.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for low-nutrient systems\u003c\/strong\u003e — the higher ULNS dose rate is aimed squarely at tanks where nutrient export has left corals hungry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour bottle sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e — 250 mL, 500 mL, 1 L and 5 L, so dosing-pump users aren't stuck refilling a small bottle weekly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuits SPS, LPS and softies\u003c\/strong\u003e — one product across mixed and specialist reef displays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED766\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7290100770290\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED767\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7290100770306\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED768\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7290100770313\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED769\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7290100770320\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDosing and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDose once daily, ideally in the evening when polyps extend to feed. Red Sea publishes three dose rates per 100 L of tank water, and the right one depends on how the system is stocked and fed:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSystem type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDaily dose per 100 L\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSPS frags \/ mixed reef\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSPS-dominant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUltra-low-nutrient system (ULNS)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eTurn the protein skimmer off 15–30 minutes before and after dosing so the feed has time to be taken up rather than pulled straight into the cup. If a dose is missed, resume the normal schedule rather than doubling up the next day. Refrigerate after opening and use within 12 months; dosing-pump users should decant no more than a week's supply into a non-refrigerated container at a time, washing it out between refills.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea describes Reef Energy Plus as an organic complex of dissolved and suspended carbohydrates, amino acids, fatty acids and vitamins, built on the same base as the original two-part Reef Energy A \u0026amp; B with additional components. Red Sea does not publish a full analytical ingredient breakdown for this product — where a complete declaration exists, we publish it verbatim; where it doesn't, we're saying so rather than guessing at a list.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e soft coral, LPS and SPS in marine reef systems, including non-photosynthetic coral displays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater aquariums. It's a supplementary feed, not a substitute for target-feeding coarse particulate feeders such as large-polyp LPS, or for maintaining calcium, alkalinity and magnesium — those still need their own dosing and testing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWatch the tank rather than the clock. A grey or brown biofilm building on rockwork, or a rise in nuisance algae, points to overdosing relative to how much nutrient export the system has. Coral bleaching that starts from the base of the colony and works upward, in an otherwise low-nutrient tank, points the other way. Either signal is a reason to adjust the daily rate up or down, not to abandon dosing altogether.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReef Energy Plus is a consumable and doesn't carry a manufacturer warranty term; it's covered by the consumer guarantees available under Australian Consumer Law regardless. As a liquid product it ships standard parcel, no special freight handling required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-foundation-pro-multi-testing-kit\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Foundation Pro Multi Test Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — daily feeding pushes coral growth, and growth is what consumes calcium, alkalinity and magnesium; testing the three together shows when dosing needs to follow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA dosing pump, for anyone moving from occasional feeding to a genuine daily schedule — a bottle that lasts months is only convenient if the daily dose is automatic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to refrigerate Reef Energy Plus?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, once opened. It's a biological formula and keeps for up to a year refrigerated after first use; unopened bottles can be stored at room temperature until opened.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill it cause an algae outbreak?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOverdosing relative to your system's nutrient export can show up as a grey-brown biofilm or extra nuisance algae. Start at the rate for your system type and adjust from what you observe rather than assuming more is better.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it with a dosing pump?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — decant about a week's supply into a non-refrigerated dosing container at a time and wash the container out between refills, since the product is more stable refrigerated in bulk than sitting at room temperature in a doser.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs it reef safe for invertebrates?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it's formulated as a coral and reef feed. As with any feed addition, dose to the system's actual uptake rather than a fixed amount if you keep sensitive filter-feeding invertebrates alongside corals.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between the three dose rates?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey reflect how much of a coral's nutrition is coming from the water column versus target feeding, and how aggressively the system exports nutrients. A lightly stocked mixed reef needs the lowest rate; an SPS-dominant tank or a tightly run ULNS system, where corals get little else to eat, needs progressively more.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"250ml","offer_id":54774160490787,"sku":"RED766","price":31.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"500ml","offer_id":55335140131107,"sku":"RED767","price":47.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1ltr","offer_id":55335140163875,"sku":"RED768","price":72.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"5ltr","offer_id":55335140196643,"sku":"RED769","price":276.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/EnergyPlus_67ed6261-d59a-4dd0-b26d-4797b190e3ea.jpg?v=1782108695"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-care-4-part-rcp-small-160ltr","title":"Red Sea Reef Care 4 Part RCP Small 160ltr","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEven a 160 L reef needs calcium, alkalinity, magnesium and trace elements replaced on the same schedule as a larger tank.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea 4-Part RCP — Small pack — is the same four-part programme as the rest of the range, bottled for a mixed reef up to 160 L for roughly three months.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManual or automated dosing\u003c\/strong\u003e — works by hand or through a Red Sea ReefDose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSized for reefs to 160 L\u003c\/strong\u003e — including nano and small reef tanks, built around roughly three months of daily dosing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour parts, one ratio\u003c\/strong\u003e — Part 1 (Calcium \u0026amp; Magnesium+), Part 2 (Alkalinity\/KH \u0026amp; pH stabiliser), Part 3 (Iodine \u0026amp; Potassium) and Part 4 (Iron \u0026amp; Bioactive Elements), bottled so all four run out together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e36 major, minor and trace elements\u003c\/strong\u003e in the ratio found in coral skeleton and tissue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSet your dose from testing\u003c\/strong\u003e, using a Red Sea Reef Foundation test kit, rather than the label rate alone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED876\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBarcode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7290116399058\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReef volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 160 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. duration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~3 months, mixed reef, dosed to programme\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eParts included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 — Ca\/Mg, Alkalinity, Iodine\/Potassium, Iron\/Bioactive Elements\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSaltwater (reef)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDosing method\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual or Red Sea ReefDose 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAll three RCP packs dose the same four elements in the same ratio — they differ only in reef volume and cost per 100 L over the roughly three-month cycle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReef volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApprox. cost per 100 L, per 3-month cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 160 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$68.13\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$63.00\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 600 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$49.83\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor a 160 L reef dosed at the mixed-reef guide rate (~3 mL per 100 L per day), that's under 5 mL of each part daily — at the gentler ultra-low-nutrient rate, a nano reef well under 160 L will stretch the Small pack out past three months.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDosing and elemental targets\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFoundation elements (Parts 1 and 2) are formulated so 1 mL per 100 L raises calcium by 2 ppm, magnesium by roughly 1 ppm, and alkalinity by about 0.034 dKH — but the right daily dose is whatever your reef is actually consuming, not the label maximum.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReef type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical daily dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMixed reef\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~3 mL per 100 L, each part\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSPS-dominant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~4 mL per 100 L, each part\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSPS frag \/ high growth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~6 mL per 100 L, each part\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUltra-low-nutrient system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~2 mL per 100 L, each part\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eNever exceed a daily increase of 20 ppm calcium, 0.5 meq\/L (1.4 dKH) alkalinity or 10 ppm magnesium — spread any larger correction over several days. When dosing manually, add magnesium first, then alkalinity, then calcium, with about 10 minutes between each. Part 4 (Iron \u0026amp; Bioactive Elements) has no single target ppm — Red Sea's guidance is to dose it in proportion to how much of Parts 1–3 your reef is using.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ Not included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIncluded: four dosing solutions — Calcium \u0026amp; Magnesium+, Alkalinity\/KH \u0026amp; pH Stabiliser, Iodine \u0026amp; Potassium, and Iron \u0026amp; Bioactive Elements — proportioned for a 160 L reef over roughly three months.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot included: dosing pump, test kits, and the calcium\/alkalinity\/magnesium test results you'll need to set your own daily dose accurately. A Red Sea Reef Foundation test kit and either manual dosing or a ReefDose unit are what you'll still need to run the programme properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for nano and small saltwater reef tanks from about 40–160 L running coral, where calcium, alkalinity and magnesium need topping up against consumption.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot suitable for fish-only or newly cycled tanks with no coral demand — dosing without a measurable uptake risks pushing parameters too high. Not a substitute for water changes, and not intended for freshwater systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by the standard manufacturer guarantee against faulty product, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Liquid reef additives ship as standard parcel freight from Brisbane; no special handling required for this pack size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs this suitable for a nano reef under 100 L?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — the Small pack is sized for reefs up to 160 L, so a 40–100 L nano reef will get more than three months from it, particularly at the lower ultra-low-nutrient dose rate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhy buy the Small pack instead of splitting a Medium pack with another tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe four bottles in every RCP pack are proportioned to finish together at that pack's rated volume — splitting a Medium pack across two smaller tanks works arithmetically, but you'd need to divide each of the four bottles accurately rather than dosing straight from the bottle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between the Small, Medium and Large packs?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe same four elements in the same ratio — only the bottle sizes and the reef volume they're built for change. See the size comparison table above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I dose all four parts at once?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea recommends spacing magnesium, alkalinity and calcium about 10 minutes apart when dosing manually, to avoid a local spike that can precipitate elements out of solution. The trace element part (Part 4) isn't time-sensitive in the same way.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774162424099,"sku":"RED876","price":109.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/Red-Sea-Complete-Reef-Care_32be8d9d-3199-440d-b2d3-fdf5966d9712.png?v=1782112706"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-care-4-part-rcp-medium-300ltr","title":"Red Sea Reef Care 4 Part RCP Medium 300ltr","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA single dosing programme keeps calcium, alkalinity, magnesium and coral trace elements in step for a 300 L reef.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea 4-Part RCP — Medium pack — bottles the same four-part programme as the rest of the RCP range, proportioned to run a mixed reef up to 300 L for roughly three months.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSized for reefs to 300 L\u003c\/strong\u003e — built around roughly three months of daily dosing for a mixed reef at that volume.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour parts, one ratio\u003c\/strong\u003e — Part 1 (Calcium \u0026amp; Magnesium+), Part 2 (Alkalinity\/KH \u0026amp; pH stabiliser), Part 3 (Iodine \u0026amp; Potassium) and Part 4 (Iron \u0026amp; Bioactive Elements), bottled so all four run out together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e36 major, minor and trace elements\u003c\/strong\u003e in the ratio found in coral skeleton and tissue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManual or automated dosing\u003c\/strong\u003e — works by hand or through a Red Sea ReefDose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSet your dose from testing\u003c\/strong\u003e, using a Red Sea Reef Foundation test kit, rather than the label rate alone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED877\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBarcode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7290116399041\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReef volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. duration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~3 months, mixed reef, dosed to programme\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eParts included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 — Ca\/Mg, Alkalinity, Iodine\/Potassium, Iron\/Bioactive Elements\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSaltwater (reef)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDosing method\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual or Red Sea ReefDose 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAll three RCP packs dose the same four elements in the same ratio — they differ only in reef volume and cost per 100 L over the roughly three-month cycle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReef volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApprox. cost per 100 L, per 3-month cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 160 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$68.13\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$63.00\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 600 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$49.83\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor a 300 L reef dosed at the mixed-reef guide rate (~3 mL per 100 L per day), that's about 9 mL of each part daily — the Medium pack is sized so all four bottles last roughly three months at that rate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDosing and elemental targets\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFoundation elements (Parts 1 and 2) are formulated so 1 mL per 100 L raises calcium by 2 ppm, magnesium by roughly 1 ppm, and alkalinity by about 0.034 dKH — but the right daily dose is whatever your reef is actually consuming, not the label maximum.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReef type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical daily dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMixed reef\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~3 mL per 100 L, each part\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSPS-dominant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~4 mL per 100 L, each part\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSPS frag \/ high growth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~6 mL per 100 L, each part\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUltra-low-nutrient system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~2 mL per 100 L, each part\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eNever exceed a daily increase of 20 ppm calcium, 0.5 meq\/L (1.4 dKH) alkalinity or 10 ppm magnesium — spread any larger correction over several days. When dosing manually, add magnesium first, then alkalinity, then calcium, with about 10 minutes between each. Part 4 (Iron \u0026amp; Bioactive Elements) has no single target ppm — Red Sea's guidance is to dose it in proportion to how much of Parts 1–3 your reef is using.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ Not included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIncluded: four dosing solutions — Calcium \u0026amp; Magnesium+, Alkalinity\/KH \u0026amp; pH Stabiliser, Iodine \u0026amp; Potassium, and Iron \u0026amp; Bioactive Elements — proportioned for a 300 L reef over roughly three months.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot included: dosing pump, test kits, and the calcium\/alkalinity\/magnesium test results you'll need to set your own daily dose accurately. A Red Sea Reef Foundation test kit and either manual dosing or a ReefDose unit are what you'll still need to run the programme properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for an established 150–300 L saltwater reef running coral, where calcium, alkalinity and magnesium need topping up against consumption.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot suitable for fish-only or newly cycled tanks with no coral demand — dosing without a measurable uptake risks pushing parameters too high. Not a substitute for water changes, and not intended for freshwater systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by the standard manufacturer guarantee against faulty product, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Liquid reef additives ship as standard parcel freight from Brisbane; no special handling required for this pack size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need a test kit to use this?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou can dose to the tank-type guide above as a starting point, but Red Sea's own instructions recommend testing calcium, alkalinity and magnesium regularly and adjusting the dose to what your reef is actually using — dosing blind risks over- or under-shooting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between the Small, Medium and Large packs?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe same four elements in the same ratio — only the bottle sizes and the reef volume they're built for change. See the size comparison table above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I dose all four parts at once?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea recommends spacing magnesium, alkalinity and calcium about 10 minutes apart when dosing manually, to avoid a local spike that can precipitate elements out of solution. The trace element part (Part 4) isn't time-sensitive in the same way.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCould I use the Large pack instead, to save on reorders?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — the Large pack (up to 600 L) works fine on a 300 L reef; you'd just be dosing roughly half the bottle per day, so it lasts closer to six months instead of three, at a lower cost per 100 L. It's a larger upfront cost for the same total elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat happens if I miss a few days of dosing?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eCorals will draw down calcium, alkalinity and magnesium from the water in the meantime. Test before resuming and dose to the measured deficit rather than doubling up the next day's dose, which risks a large swing.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774162456867,"sku":"RED877","price":189.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/Red-Sea-Complete-Reef-Care.png?v=1782112702"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-care-4-part-rcp-large-600ltr","title":"Red Sea Reef Care 4 Part RCP Large 600ltr","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne coordinated dosing program covers calcium, alkalinity, magnesium and all the trace elements a 600 L reef consumes.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea 4-Part RCP (Reef Care Program) — Large pack — supplies four proportioned bottles sized to run a mixed reef up to 600 L for roughly three months, so major and trace elements are replenished in the same balance corals draw them from the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour parts, one ratio\u003c\/strong\u003e — Part 1 (Calcium \u0026amp; Magnesium+), Part 2 (Alkalinity\/KH \u0026amp; pH stabiliser), Part 3 (Iodine \u0026amp; Potassium) and Part 4 (Iron \u0026amp; Bioactive Elements) are bottled in the proportions a reef actually consumes them, so all four bottles run out together instead of one running dry early.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSized for reefs to 600 L\u003c\/strong\u003e — the Large pack is built around roughly three months of daily dosing for a mixed reef at that volume; smaller or larger reefs use the dose rate below to work out their own duration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCovers 36 major, minor and trace elements\u003c\/strong\u003e across the four parts, matched to the ratio found in coral skeleton and tissue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorks with manual dosing or a Red Sea ReefDose\u003c\/strong\u003e for automated, split dosing through the day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePairs with Red Sea's Reef Foundation and Coral Colours test kits\u003c\/strong\u003e so dosing is set from your own measured uptake, not a generic label rate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED878\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBarcode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7290116399034\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReef volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 600 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. duration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~3 months, mixed reef, dosed to programme\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eParts included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 — Ca\/Mg, Alkalinity, Iodine\/Potassium, Iron\/Bioactive Elements\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSaltwater (reef)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDosing method\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual or Red Sea ReefDose 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAll three RCP packs dose the same four elements in the same ratio — they differ only in reef volume and cost per 100 L over the roughly three-month cycle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReef volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApprox. cost per 100 L, per 3-month cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 160 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$68.13\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$63.00\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 600 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$49.83\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 600 L the Large pack is the best value per 100 L of the three sizes — worth buying up a size even if your reef is a little under 600 L, provided you'll use it within the ~3-month window.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDosing and elemental targets\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFoundation elements (Parts 1 and 2) are formulated so 1 mL per 100 L raises calcium by 2 ppm, magnesium by roughly 1 ppm, and alkalinity by about 0.034 dKH — but the right daily dose is whatever your reef is actually consuming, not the label maximum.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReef type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical daily dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMixed reef\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~3 mL per 100 L, each part\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSPS-dominant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~4 mL per 100 L, each part\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSPS frag \/ high growth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~6 mL per 100 L, each part\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUltra-low-nutrient system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~2 mL per 100 L, each part\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eNever exceed a daily increase of 20 ppm calcium, 0.5 meq\/L (1.4 dKH) alkalinity or 10 ppm magnesium — spread any larger correction over several days. When dosing manually, add magnesium first, then alkalinity, then calcium, with about 10 minutes between each. Part 4 (Iron \u0026amp; Bioactive Elements) has no single target ppm — Red Sea's guidance is to dose it in proportion to how much of Parts 1–3 your reef is using.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ Not included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIncluded: four dosing solutions — Calcium \u0026amp; Magnesium+, Alkalinity\/KH \u0026amp; pH Stabiliser, Iodine \u0026amp; Potassium, and Iron \u0026amp; Bioactive Elements — proportioned for a 600 L reef over roughly three months.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot included: dosing pump, test kits, and the calcium\/alkalinity\/magnesium test results you'll need to set your own daily dose accurately. A Red Sea Reef Foundation test kit and either manual dosing or a ReefDose unit are what you'll still need to run the programme properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for established saltwater reef aquariums running coral, where calcium, alkalinity and magnesium need topping up against coral consumption.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot suitable for fish-only or newly cycled tanks with no coral demand — dosing without a measurable uptake risks pushing parameters too high. Not a substitute for water changes, and not intended for freshwater systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by the standard manufacturer guarantee against faulty product, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Liquid reef additives ship as standard parcel freight from Brisbane; no special handling required for this pack size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need a test kit to use this?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou can dose to the tank-type guide above as a starting point, but Red Sea's own instructions recommend testing calcium, alkalinity and magnesium regularly and adjusting the dose to what your reef is actually using — dosing blind risks over- or under-shooting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between the Small, Medium and Large packs?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe same four elements in the same ratio — only the bottle sizes and the reef volume they're built for change. See the size comparison table above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I dose all four parts at once?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea recommends spacing magnesium, alkalinity and calcium about 10 minutes apart when dosing manually, to avoid a local spike that can precipitate elements out of solution. The trace element part (Part 4) isn't time-sensitive in the same way.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this suit an SPS-dominant tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — SPS-dominant and frag systems typically consume more of each element, so they'll use the programme faster than the ~3-month mixed-reef estimate. Use the SPS dose rates above and expect to reorder sooner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this replace regular water changes?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Dosing replaces what corals consume between water changes; it doesn't address the build-up of dissolved organics that water changes handle.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774162489635,"sku":"RED878","price":299.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/RedSeaCompleteReefCare.png?v=1782112700"},{"product_id":"api-aquarium-start-up-pack-stress-coat-quick-start-30ml-bottles","title":"API Aquarium Start Up Pack Stress Coat \u0026 Quick Start 30ml Bottles","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEverything to start a tank right.\u003c\/strong\u003e The API Aquarium Start Up Pack pairs Stress Coat and Quick Start in handy 30 mL bottles — Stress Coat makes tap water safe and protects fish slime coats, while Quick Start adds live nitrifying bacteria so the cycle begins immediately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStress Coat 30 mL — removes chlorine and chloramine, protects with aloe vera\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick Start 30 mL — live nitrifying bacteria to kick-start the cycle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe two essentials for any new tank in one pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect size for bowls, nanos and first setups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTip:\u003c\/strong\u003e even with Quick Start, stock slowly and test ammonia for the first few weeks — bacteria need time to build to a full bioload.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"API","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774195061027,"sku":null,"price":19.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/APH270_3.png?v=1772082110"},{"product_id":"api-betta-water-conditioner-50ml","title":"API Betta Water Conditioner 50ml","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChlorine, chloramine and ammonia dealt with before the fish goes in.\u003c\/strong\u003e API Betta Water Conditioner is a 50 mL tap water conditioner for betta bowls and small freshwater aquariums. API's registered label declares aloe vera leaf at 0.01 g per 100 mL as the active constituent, over a base the safety data sheet gives as sodium thiosulfate at 1–5%, aloes extract under 1% and Japanese green tea under 0.5%. Dosed at 2.5 mL per 3.8 L, one bottle treats roughly 75 litres.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemoves chlorine, chloramines and ammonia\u003c\/strong\u003e — API's registered label wording is that it \"instantly makes tap water safe for Bettas, by removing toxic compounds, including chlorine, chloramines and ammonia\".\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAloe vera is the declared active\u003c\/strong\u003e — 0.01 g per 100 mL on the registered label, which is one fifth the concentration API declares in Stress Coat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSynthetic slime coat\u003c\/strong\u003e — API states the formulation includes a polymer that creates a synthetic slime coat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJapanese green tea extract\u003c\/strong\u003e — declared at under 0.5% in API's safety data sheet, and described by API as an antioxidant for fish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmall-volume dosing\u003c\/strong\u003e — the label carries a quarter-teaspoon-per-half-gallon rate, which is the point of the product: bowl-sized doses without guesswork.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50 mL treats about 75 litres\u003c\/strong\u003e — enough for a year of weekly changes on a 5 litre bowl, with room to spare.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOne thing this product does not do\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAPI makes \u003cstrong\u003eno heavy-metal claim\u003c\/strong\u003e for the Betta Water Conditioner. Its safety data sheet declares no chelating agent, and the words \"heavy metal\" and \"detoxify\" appear nowhere on API's product page for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSome retailers, and an earlier version of this page, said otherwise. That was wrong and we have removed it. If heavy metals in your tap water are the problem you are solving, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/api-stress-coat\"\u003eAPI Stress Coat\u003c\/a\u003e is the product that carries the claim.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAPI (Mars Fishcare North America)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBottle size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mL (1.7 fl oz). API sells this product in one size only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTreats\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 75 litres, calculated from API's own dose rate. API publishes no treated-volume figure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDose rate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mL per 3.8 L, or 1.25 mL per 1.9 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eActive constituent\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAloe vera leaf, 0.01 g per 100 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater. The label reads \"For Tropical fish use only\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAppearance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight green liquid, no odour, mixes with water\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003epH of concentrate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRelative density\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.025\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBelow 38 °C, sealed, in a cool dry place\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRegulatory\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegistered in the United States as an OTC animal drug, NDC 17163-092\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFreight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients and active constituents\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo declarations exist for this product and they cover different ground. Both are reproduced below, checked 7 August 2026.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRegistered label declaration:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eActive ingredient\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBasis of strength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStrength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAloe vera leaf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAloe vera leaf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.01 g in 100 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo inactive ingredients are listed against the registered label.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety data sheet composition\u003c\/strong\u003e (revision 27 June 2017):\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eComponent\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCAS\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConcentration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7732-18-5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOver 90%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSodium thiosulfate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7772-98-7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–5%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-hazardous ingredients, proprietary\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot disclosed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–5%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAloes extract\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85507-69-3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJapanese green tea\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot disclosed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 0.5%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAPI's safety data sheet states that the exact identity and percentage of part of the composition has been withheld as a trade secret. Sodium thiosulfate is the only named dechlorinating agent in the formulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAPI's directions, transcribed from the registered label:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 quart (946 mL)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/8 teaspoon (0.6 mL)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/2 US gallon (1.9 L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 teaspoon (1.25 mL)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 US gallon (3.8 L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/2 teaspoon (2.5 mL)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse when starting a new betta bowl or aquarium, and at every water change. Dose the new water, not the tank, and let it mix before the fish meets it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAPI publishes its rates in US customary units with metric in brackets. The metric equivalents below are worked from API's own 2.5 mL per 3.8 L figure, which is 0.66 mL per litre. They are our arithmetic, not API's published table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDose (derived from API's rate)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.3 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.3 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.6 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 26 mL for a 40 litre water change, a 50 mL bottle is gone in two changes. Past about 20 litres of tank, a concentrated conditioner is the cheaper tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich API conditioner do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese three are separate formulations, not one recipe in three bottles. The differences are declared, and they matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e \u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBetta Water Conditioner\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStress Coat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTap Water Conditioner\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAloe vera (declared active)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.01 g \/ 100 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.05 g \/ 100 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone declared\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSodium thiosulfate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–5%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeclared, not quantified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30.2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEDTA\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone declared\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEdetic acid declared\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTetrasodium EDTA 9.8%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGreen tea extract\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 0.5%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot declared\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot declared\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeavy metals claim\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone made by API\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNeutralises heavy metals\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDetoxifies copper, lead and zinc\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mL per 3.8 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL per 38 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL per 38 L for chlorine and metals\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMarine use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater, tropical fish only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFresh and salt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFresh and salt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn plain terms: this bottle is roughly twelve times more dilute per unit volume than \u003ca href=\"\/products\/api-stress-coat\"\u003eAPI Stress Coat\u003c\/a\u003e's parent chemistry and carries a fifth of the aloe. It is a small-bottle, bowl-sized product, not a repackaged Stress Coat. Buy it for a bowl, and buy the concentrate for a tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBetta bowls, vases and nano tanks up to roughly 20 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew setups, and weekly water changes on small volumes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeepers who want a dose they can measure in a teaspoon rather than drops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarine and brackish aquariums. The label restricts it to tropical freshwater fish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks over about 20 litres, where a concentrate costs a fraction as much per litre treated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-metal problems, which API does not claim this product addresses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse in place of water changes. It conditions new water; it does not remove nitrate or organics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety and handling\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore below 38 °C, sealed, in a cool, dry, well-ventilated place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep away from acids and strong reducing agents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe concentrate has a pH of 9.9 and is alkaline. Rinse skin if it is spilled on you, and do not pour it neat onto a fish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDose the replacement water in a bucket rather than straight into an occupied bowl, so the fish never meets the concentrate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/api-stress-coat\"\u003eAPI Stress Coat\u003c\/a\u003e — the concentrate to move to once your betta graduates from a bowl to a tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/api-freshwater-master-multi-test-kit-5-in-1\"\u003eAPI Freshwater Master Multi Test Kit 5 in 1\u003c\/a\u003e — tells you whether the ammonia in a small bowl is coming from the tap or from the tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/api-quick-start\"\u003eAPI Quick Start\u003c\/a\u003e — live nitrifying bacteria, for a bowl or nano tank that has not cycled.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/api-betta-flakes-10gm\"\u003eAPI Betta Flakes 10 g\u003c\/a\u003e — the fish-meal-first flake for the fish this bottle is named after.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/api-betta-water\"\u003eAPI Betta Water\u003c\/a\u003e — API's ready-conditioned bottled water, if you would rather not dose at all.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/api-aquarium-salt\"\u003eAPI Aquarium Salt\u003c\/a\u003e — the freshwater tonic salt often used at the same water change.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a consumable, so no manufacturer warranty period applies. That does not affect your rights under the Australian Consumer Law: if the product is faulty, unsafe or not as described, you are entitled to a remedy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 50 mL bottle ships as standard freight with no dangerous goods restriction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much water does a 50 mL bottle of API Betta Water Conditioner treat?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 75 litres. API publishes no treated-volume figure, so this is worked from API's own dose rate of 2.5 mL per 3.8 L: 50 mL divided by 2.5 mL gives 20 US gallons, which is 75.7 litres.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes API Betta Water Conditioner remove heavy metals?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAPI makes no heavy-metal claim for this product, and its safety data sheet declares no chelating agent such as EDTA. API reserves heavy-metal language for Stress Coat and Tap Water Conditioner, both of which declare EDTA. Treat any retail listing that claims heavy-metal removal for the betta bottle as incorrect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs API Betta Water Conditioner the same as Stress Coat in a smaller bottle?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It declares aloe vera at 0.01 g per 100 mL against Stress Coat's 0.05 g per 100 mL, adds Japanese green tea extract that Stress Coat does not declare, and declares no EDTA where Stress Coat declares edetic acid. It is also dosed five times heavier per litre, so it is a more dilute formulation sold in a smaller bottle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much do I use for a 5 litre betta tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 3.3 mL, worked from API's rate of 2.5 mL per 3.8 L. Dose the new water you are adding rather than the whole tank volume, unless you are filling the tank from empty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it in a saltwater tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The registered label restricts it to tropical fish use, and API classifies it as a freshwater treatment with no marine claim anywhere on its product page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it affect my ammonia test results?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAPI publishes no statement either way, and does not disclose the chemistry of its ammonia test, so we cannot tell you. If you need a reading you can rely on, take the sample before you dose rather than after.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"API","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774195126563,"sku":null,"price":18.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/api-betta-water-conditioner-50ml-ba2007-3000330-1600_46ac8324-9220-4f54-9afc-1b73e815b2fe.jpg?v=1781837891"},{"product_id":"api-goldfish-success-pack-30ml-on-card-2pk","title":"API Goldfish Success Pack 30ml on Card 2pk","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive a new goldfish tank the best possible start.\u003c\/strong\u003e The API Goldfish Success Pack puts two 30 mL trial-size treatments on one card — Goldfish Protect, a tap water conditioner, and Goldfish Aquarium Cleaner, a waste-digesting bacteria supplement — so a new bowl or starter goldfish tank goes in safe and stays clean while its filter finds its feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo goldfish essentials, one card\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 30 mL bottle of Goldfish Protect and a 30 mL bottle of Goldfish Aquarium Cleaner, sized to try both before committing to full-size bottles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConditions tap water\u003c\/strong\u003e — Goldfish Protect removes chlorine and chloramine and helps detoxify ammonia before it reaches your goldfish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupports the biological cycle\u003c\/strong\u003e — Goldfish Aquarium Cleaner adds waste-digesting bacteria that help break down fish waste and gravel sludge while a new filter is still establishing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsed together\u003c\/strong\u003e — both bottles are designed to be added at the same time, at each partial water change.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrial-sized, not a bulk supply\u003c\/strong\u003e — 30 mL of each is enough to get a bowl or starter tank through its first weeks, not an ongoing monthly supply for a larger, established tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included, and what you'll still need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a two-item starter pack, not a complete tank set-up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e one 30 mL bottle of Goldfish Protect (tap water conditioner) and one 30 mL bottle of Goldfish Aquarium Cleaner (waste-digesting bacteria supplement), both on a single card.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e a tank or bowl, a filter, fish food, a water test kit, and full-size refill bottles for ongoing use once the trial bottles run out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat it does\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse in\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGoldfish Protect\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTap water conditioner — removes chlorine and chloramine, helps detoxify ammonia\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater goldfish bowls and tanks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGoldfish Aquarium Cleaner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWaste-digesting bacteria supplement — helps break down fish waste and gravel sludge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater goldfish bowls and tanks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd both bottles together at each partial water change, dosed to the volume of water you're adding — check the directions printed on the card for the exact rate for your bowl or tank size. API's guidance is to dose weekly, alongside your regular water change routine, not as a one-off treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater goldfish bowls and starter tanks, new set-ups, and ongoing weekly water changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e marine or reef systems. Not sized for an established, larger goldfish tank long-term — once these trial bottles run out, a full-size bottle of each product is the more economical way to keep dosing every water change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGoldfish are heavy waste producers for their size, whatever tank or bowl they're in. A generously sized filter and a weekly water change routine matter more than any bottle on its own — well-kept goldfish are a genuinely long-term pet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's actually in the API Goldfish Success Pack?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo 30 mL bottles on one card: Goldfish Protect, a tap water conditioner, and Goldfish Aquarium Cleaner, a waste-digesting bacteria supplement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this pack enough to fully cycle a new tank on its own?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt gets a new bowl or starter tank through its first weeks safely. It doesn't replace proper filtration — goldfish produce enough waste that filter size and weekly water changes do more of the work than any conditioner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this pack in an established tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the same weekly water-change routine applies. At 30 mL each, though, both bottles are trial sized and will run out quickly in a larger tank — most goldfish keepers move to full-size bottles of each product once they're past the trial stage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to use both bottles every time?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Goldfish Protect conditions the new water and Goldfish Aquarium Cleaner supports the bacteria that process waste — they're designed to be dosed together, not as alternatives to each other.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"API","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774195552547,"sku":null,"price":19.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/APH119_1.png?v=1772082331"},{"product_id":"api-marine-algaefix-473ml","title":"API Marine Algaefix 473ml","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eControls nuisance algae in reef tanks without harming the reef.\u003c\/strong\u003e API Marine AlgaeFix treats string, hair, fuzz and other nuisance algae in marine aquariums, and is labelled safe for use in systems that hold live corals and invertebrates. It's an aeration-friendly liquid dosed straight into the tank, sold here in a 473 mL (16 fl oz) bottle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eControls nuisance marine algae\u003c\/strong\u003e — targeted at hair, string and fuzz algae fouling glass, rock and décor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLabelled safe with live corals and invertebrates\u003c\/strong\u003e — API states it will not harm snails, clams, scallops, shrimp, anemones, sea cucumbers, feather dusters, coralline algae, soft corals or hard corals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimple dosing\u003c\/strong\u003e — 1 mL per 10 US gallons (37.9 L), repeated every three days until the algae is controlled, then once a week to maintain it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorks out to under 1c per litre\u003c\/strong\u003e of tank water treated, based on the manufacturer's stated coverage and the current price.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e473 mL (16 fl oz) bottle\u003c\/strong\u003e — API states this treats up to 4,800 US gallons (≈18,170 L) as a single dose; a tank dosed repeatedly every three days will use the bottle faster than that figure implies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to use it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReproduced from API's label directions:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInitial treatment: 1 mL per 10 US gallons (37.9 L), or 5 mL per 50 US gallons (189 L), added directly to the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRepeat this dose every three days until the algae is under control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOnce controlled, switch to one maintenance dose per week at the same rate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAPI Marine AlgaeFix treats the algae that's already growing — it doesn't remove the phosphate or nitrate feeding it. Pairing it with regular water changes and nutrient export (a protein skimmer, GFO, or a nitrate\/phosphate reducer) stops the algae coming straight back once dosing stops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAPI (Mars Fishcare)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBottle size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e473 mL (16 fl oz)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eActive ingredient\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePoly[oxyethylene(dimethyliminio)ethylene(dimethyliminio)ethylene dichloride]\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eActive ingredient concentration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot confirmed for this specific marine formulation — see Ingredients below\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDose rate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL per 10 US gallons (37.9 L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDosing schedule\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEvery 3 days until controlled, then weekly for maintenance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer-stated coverage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 4,800 US gallons (≈18,170 L) as a single dose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine and reef aquariums\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInvertebrate and coral safety\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLabelled safe with live corals and invertebrates, dosed as directed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFreight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarine fish-only and reef aquariums with nuisance hair, string or fuzz algae\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSystems that hold live corals, snails, clams, shrimp, anemones and other invertebrates, dosed at the labelled rate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFreshwater aquariums — use API Freshwater AlgaeFix instead, which is a different product with its own label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing nutrient control — it treats the algae, not the phosphate or nitrate feeding it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAPI's product listing names the active ingredient as Poly[oxyethylene(dimethyliminio)ethylene(dimethyliminio)ethylene dichloride], a polymer algaecide. A published EPA pesticide label for API's Algae Fix product line states this active at 4.50%, but that label could not be confirmed as specific to the Marine AlgaeFix formulation sold here rather than a related freshwater or pond product in the same range, so the percentage is not stated as fact on this page. Checked 7 August 2026.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety and handling\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure strong aeration while dosing — algae die-off can draw down oxygen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not exceed the maintenance dose without confirming your tank's response first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-marine-care-multi-test-kit\"\u003eRed Sea Marine Care Multi Test Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — check phosphate and nitrate to find what's actually feeding the algae.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-prime\"\u003eSeachem Prime\u003c\/a\u003e — for conditioning the water changes that support nutrient export alongside dosing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a consumable, so no manufacturer warranty period applies. That does not affect your rights under the Australian Consumer Law: if the product is faulty, unsafe or not as described, you are entitled to a remedy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips as standard freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs API Marine AlgaeFix safe for my reef tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAPI labels it safe for use in marine aquariums containing live corals, invertebrates and fish, stating it will not harm snails, clams, scallops, shrimp, anemones, sea cucumbers, feather dusters, coralline algae, soft corals or hard corals when dosed as directed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow often do I dose it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery three days until the algae is under control, then once a week as a maintenance dose, at 1 mL per 10 US gallons (37.9 L) each time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill the algae come back once I stop dosing?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can, if the phosphate or nitrate feeding it hasn't been addressed. AlgaeFix treats the algae itself; pairing it with water changes and nutrient export gives a longer-lasting result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use the freshwater AlgaeFix in my marine tank instead?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. API sells separate freshwater and marine formulations with their own labels and dose rates — use the one labelled for your water type.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow long will one bottle last?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAPI states the 473 mL bottle treats up to 4,800 US gallons (≈18,170 L) as a single dose. Because the label calls for repeat dosing every three days during initial treatment, an actively-treated tank will use the bottle faster than that headline figure suggests.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"API","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774195749155,"sku":null,"price":78.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/APH285.png?v=1772082136"},{"product_id":"api-ph-down","title":"API pH Down","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA concentrated acid dose that moves pH down in millilitres, not capfuls.\u003c\/strong\u003e API pH Down is a sulfuric-acid-based liquid (under 10% by weight) that lowers freshwater aquarium pH for soft-water species such as tetras, discus and Amazonian community fish. It doses at 1 mL per 10 US gallons (37.85 L), sold here in 118 mL and 473 mL Professional Size bottles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmall doses, real effect\u003c\/strong\u003e — 1 mL per 10 US gallons (37.85 L) is the full working dose; this is a concentrate, not a diluted conditioner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo bottle sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e — 118 mL for routine top-ups, 473 mL Professional Size for larger systems or frequent dosing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder 1c per litre of treated water\u003c\/strong\u003e at API's label dose, on either bottle size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreshwater aquariums only\u003c\/strong\u003e — API does not rate this product for marine or reef systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorrosive concentrate\u003c\/strong\u003e — this is an acid product (see Safety) and is dosed by millilitres, not poured freely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBottle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDoses at label rate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApprox. water treated\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApprox. cost per litre treated\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e118 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~118 doses of 1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~4,466 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e473 mL Professional Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~473 doses of 1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~17,900 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth sizes work out to a fraction of a cent per litre of treated water at the label dose; the 473 mL Professional Size is the better buy per litre if you dose often enough to use it before you'd next need it. These figures are calculated from API's own 1 mL per 10 US gallon dose rate and each bottle's stated volume — API does not publish a pack yield figure itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAquarium volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDose at API's label rate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 US gal (38 L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 US gal (76 L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 US gal (208 L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 US gal (379 L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTest pH before adding another dose. API's guidance is not to move pH by more than 0.2 in any 24-hour period — dose, wait, retest, and repeat only if needed rather than chasing a target in one application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eActive ingredient\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSulfuric acid, less than 10% by weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eForm\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLiquid concentrate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDose rate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL per 10 US gallons (37.85 L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater aquariums\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack sizes sold here\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e118 mL, 473 mL Professional Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum recommended pH change\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.2 per 24 hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHazard classification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCorrosive — skin\/eye damage category 1A, corrosive to metals\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFreight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFreshwater community tanks that need a lower, more acidic pH — tetras, discus, rams and other soft-water species\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGradual, tested pH correction alongside a KH (carbonate hardness) reading\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarine or reef aquariums — not rated by API for saltwater use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHard, high-KH tap water as a permanent fix — the buffering will fight every dose; lowering KH is the underlying correction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDosing at the same time as a pH-raising product — API warns this can cause erratic pH swings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAPI's Safety Data Sheet classifies this product as corrosive: it may be corrosive to metals and causes severe skin burns and eye damage on contact. Handle it as an acid, not a conditioner:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep in the original container, tightly sealed, out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWear eye protection and gloves when dosing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlush skin or eyes with water immediately on contact and seek medical attention\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNever add water to the concentrate; add the measured dose to tank water, not the reverse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not dose at the same time as a pH-raising product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/api-freshwater-master-multi-test-kit-5-in-1\"\u003eAPI Freshwater Master Multi Test Kit 5 in 1\u003c\/a\u003e — tests standard-range pH and KH, so you can see why a tank resists adjustment and confirm each dose has worked.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/api-ph-proper-6-5-powder-jar-240gm\"\u003eAPI pH Proper 6.5\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/api-ph-proper-7-0-powder-jar-250gm\"\u003eAPI pH Proper 7.0\u003c\/a\u003e — a buffered powder that holds pH at a set point once pH Down has brought it into range, instead of one-shot dosing indefinitely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a consumable, so no manufacturer warranty period applies. That does not affect your rights under the Australian Consumer Law: if the product is faulty, unsafe or not as described, you are entitled to a remedy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips as standard freight. As a corrosive liquid, it travels in its original sealed packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use API pH Down in a marine or reef tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. API rates this product for freshwater aquariums only. Marine and reef pH should be managed through the salt mix and buffering products designed for those systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much will one dose lower my pH?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAPI does not publish a fixed pH-per-mL figure because the result depends on your water's KH (carbonate hardness) — harder water resists the change more. Dose at the label rate, wait, and retest rather than assuming a fixed drop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhy does my pH keep drifting back up after dosing?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh KH acts as a buffer and pulls pH back toward its original point. If you're redosing frequently, testing and reducing KH is the more stable long-term fix rather than repeated acid dosing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use pH Down and pH Up together?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. API warns against dosing a pH-raising and pH-lowering product at the same time, as the two can cause erratic pH swings rather than settling at a stable point.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs API pH Down safe to handle?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's classified as corrosive on API's Safety Data Sheet — it can cause severe skin and eye burns undiluted. Measure it carefully, avoid skin and eye contact, and always add it to tank water rather than adding water to the concentrate.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"API","offers":[{"title":"118ml","offer_id":54774195978531,"sku":null,"price":25.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"473ml Professional Size","offer_id":55335272022307,"sku":"17163020301","price":75.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/APH161_4.png?v=1772082145"},{"product_id":"api-ph-proper-6-5-powder-jar-240gm","title":"API pH Proper 6.5 Powder Jar 240gm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuffers to 6.5 and holds it, rather than nudging pH once and leaving it to drift.\u003c\/strong\u003e API Proper pH 6.5 is a powdered buffer for freshwater aquariums that sets pH to 6.5 and resists the tank's natural drift back — suited to soft-water communities such as tetras, rasboras, discus and other Amazonian species. It doses at 2 teaspoons (or one supplied scoop) per 10 US gallons (38 L), sold here in a 240 g jar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolds pH at 6.5\u003c\/strong\u003e, not just a one-off correction — a phosphate buffer resists drift the way a one-shot pH adjuster can't.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlso conditions the water\u003c\/strong\u003e — neutralises chlorine and chloramine and detoxifies heavy metals in the same dose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorks out to roughly 5.7c per litre\u003c\/strong\u003e of aquarium water treated, at the label dose (see below).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimple dosing\u003c\/strong\u003e — 2 teaspoons, or one scoop, per 10 US gallons (38 L).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e240 g jar\u003c\/strong\u003e — a distributor-stated yield of around 200 US gallons (757 L) at the label dose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCost per litre\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt API's label dose of 2 teaspoons per 10 US gallons (38 L), a 240 g jar treats an estimated 757 L (about 200 US gallons), based on a specialist distributor's stated pack yield rather than a figure API itself publishes. At $42.95 per jar, that works out to roughly 5.7c per litre of treated water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowdered pH buffer and water conditioner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTarget pH\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 g jar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDose rate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 teaspoons (1 scoop) per 10 US gallons (38 L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEstimated yield\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~757 L (~200 US gal) per jar at label dose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant safety\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended for planted tanks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInvertebrate safety\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafe, per API\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFreight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAquarium volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 US gal (38 L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 teaspoons (1 scoop)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 US gal (76 L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 teaspoons (2 scoops)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 US gal (208 L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11 teaspoons (5.5 scoops)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDissolve the dose in a small amount of tank water first, then distribute it across the aquarium near the filter outlet. Retest and repeat only if pH has drifted more than 0.2 from 6.5 — this is a buffer, not a one-shot adjuster, so it shouldn't need frequent redosing once the tank has settled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAPI's Safety Data Sheet for this specific 6.5 formulation could not be retrieved during this run, so exact percentages are not stated here to avoid guessing. The ingredient classes are consistent with the rest of the API Proper pH range — confirmed on the 7.0 formulation's own SDS — and API's own product description: a phosphate buffer as the main pH-holding agent, a chlorine and chloramine neutraliser, and a heavy-metal detoxifier, plus electrolytes to reduce handling stress. Checked 7 August 2026; flagged below for a supplier SDS follow-up specific to this pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft-water freshwater communities — tetras, rasboras, discus, Amazonian species\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew tank setup, established tank pH correction, and water changes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInvertebrate-safe freshwater systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlanted aquariums — the phosphate buffer binds trace elements live plants need\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarine or reef aquariums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVery hard tap water without expecting some temporary cloudiness (harmless, clears within 24–48 hours)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShake or stir thoroughly before dosing so the powder disperses evenly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid direct skin and eye contact with the concentrated powder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore the jar sealed and dry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/api-freshwater-master-multi-test-kit-5-in-1\"\u003eAPI Freshwater Master Multi Test Kit 5 in 1\u003c\/a\u003e — confirm pH is holding at 6.5 and check KH, which drives how often you'll need to redose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/api-ph-down\"\u003eAPI pH Down\u003c\/a\u003e — for an established tank that needs a larger initial pH correction before this buffer takes over holding it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/api-quick-start\"\u003eAPI Quick Start\u003c\/a\u003e — live nitrifying bacteria for new tank setups, which this product is also commonly dosed during.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a consumable, so no manufacturer warranty period applies. That does not affect your rights under the Australian Consumer Law: if the product is faulty, unsafe or not as described, you are entitled to a remedy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips as standard freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this a one-off pH adjuster or an ongoing buffer?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's a buffer — it's designed to hold pH at 6.5 against the tank's natural drift, rather than moving pH once like API pH Down. You should need to redose only when a test shows pH has drifted more than 0.2 from the target.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this in a planted tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAPI advises against it. The phosphate buffer binds trace elements that live plants need, so a planted display is better served by an unbuffered pH product or by managing pH through other means.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhy did my water go cloudy after dosing?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTemporary cloudiness in hard water is a known, harmless reaction as the buffer interacts with dissolved minerals. It typically clears within 24 to 48 hours and does not affect fish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs it safe for shrimp and snails?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAPI states the product is safe for invertebrates. As with any new product, dose at the stated rate and monitor rather than double-dosing on a heavily stocked invertebrate tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much does one jar cost per litre of water treated?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBased on a distributor-stated yield of around 757 L per 240 g jar at the label dose, and this store's price, that's roughly 5.7c per litre — cheaper than repeatedly dosing a liquid one-shot adjuster to the same effect.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"API","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774196076835,"sku":null,"price":42.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/api-ph-proper-65-powder-jar-240gm-3000425-1600.jpg?v=1781836804"},{"product_id":"api-ph-proper-7-0-powder-jar-250gm","title":"API pH Proper 7.0 Powder Jar 250gm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeutral, and stays that way.\u003c\/strong\u003e API Proper pH 7.0 is a powdered buffer for freshwater aquariums that sets water to a neutral pH of 7.0 and resists drift back toward the tank's natural level — the safe middle ground for general community tanks with mixed species. It doses at 2 teaspoons per 10 US gallons (38 L), sold here in a 250 g jar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolds pH at a neutral 7.0\u003c\/strong\u003e — a phosphate buffer resists drift rather than making a one-off correction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlso conditions the water\u003c\/strong\u003e — neutralises chlorine and chloramine and detoxifies heavy metals in the same dose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuits mixed community tanks\u003c\/strong\u003e — 7.0 is the safe middle ground when housing several species with different pH preferences.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorks out to roughly 5.4c per litre\u003c\/strong\u003e of aquarium water treated, at the label dose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e250 g jar\u003c\/strong\u003e — a distributor-stated yield of around 787 L (208 US gallons) at the label dose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCost per litre\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt API's label dose of 2 teaspoons per 10 US gallons (38 L), a 250 g jar treats an estimated 787 L (about 208 US gallons), based on a specialist distributor's stated pack yield rather than a figure API itself publishes. At $42.95 per jar, that works out to roughly 5.4c per litre of treated water — marginally cheaper per litre than the 6.5 formulation's 240 g jar, because this pack is slightly larger for the same price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowdered pH buffer and water conditioner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTarget pH\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.0 (neutral)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 g jar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDose rate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 teaspoons per 10 US gallons (38 L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEstimated yield\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~787 L (~208 US gal) per jar at label dose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eActive constituents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePhosphate buffer (proprietary, over 60%), sodium thiosulfate (1–5%), EDTA tetrasodium salt (1–5%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant safety\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended for planted tanks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFreight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAquarium volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 US gal (38 L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 teaspoons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 US gal (76 L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 teaspoons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 US gal (208 L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11 teaspoons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDissolve the dose in a small amount of tank water, then distribute it near the filter outlet. Retest and repeat only when pH has drifted more than 0.2 from 7.0.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTranscribed from API's Safety Data Sheet for this product, checked 7 August 2026:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConstituent\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConcentration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePhosphate buffer (specific salt withheld as proprietary)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreater than 60%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSodium thiosulfate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–5%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEDTA tetrasodium salt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–5%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther non-hazardous ingredients\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBalance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAPI's SDS notes that the exact chemical identity and precise concentration of the phosphate buffer are withheld as a trade secret; the ranges above are as published.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral freshwater community tanks housing several species with different pH preferences\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew tank setup, established tank correction, and water changes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlanted aquariums — the phosphate buffer binds trace elements live plants need\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarine or reef aquariums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft-water specialist tanks needing 6.5 or lower, or alkaline specialist tanks needing 7.5 or higher — API sells dedicated buffers for those targets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAPI's Safety Data Sheet for this product carries hazard statements for the concentrated powder, before it's diluted into tank water: causes skin irritation, causes serious eye irritation, may cause respiratory irritation, and is classified toxic to aquatic life in its concentrated form. Handle the dry powder accordingly:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid raising dust; measure with the supplied scoop rather than pouring loosely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid skin and eye contact with the powder; wash out eyes with fresh running water immediately if it happens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDissolve fully in tank water before use — the aquatic-life hazard applies to the concentrate, not to the tank once correctly dosed and diluted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/api-freshwater-master-multi-test-kit-5-in-1\"\u003eAPI Freshwater Master Multi Test Kit 5 in 1\u003c\/a\u003e — confirm pH is holding at 7.0 and check KH.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/api-ph-down\"\u003eAPI pH Down\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/api-ph-up\"\u003eAPI pH Up\u003c\/a\u003e — for a larger initial correction before this buffer takes over holding the level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/api-quick-start\"\u003eAPI Quick Start\u003c\/a\u003e — live nitrifying bacteria for new tank setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a consumable, so no manufacturer warranty period applies. That does not affect your rights under the Australian Consumer Law: if the product is faulty, unsafe or not as described, you are entitled to a remedy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips as standard freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's actually in this product?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAPI's Safety Data Sheet lists a proprietary phosphate buffer at over 60%, sodium thiosulfate (a dechlorinator) at 1–5%, and EDTA tetrasodium salt (a heavy-metal detoxifier) at 1–5%. The exact phosphate salt is withheld as a trade secret.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this the same as API pH Up or pH Down?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Those are one-shot liquid adjusters that move pH and then leave it to drift. This is a powdered buffer that sets pH to 7.0 and resists drift, so it needs redosing far less often.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this in a planted tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAPI advises against it, since the phosphate buffer binds trace elements live plants need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhy did my water go cloudy after dosing?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTemporary cloudiness in hard water is a known, harmless reaction. It typically clears within 24 to 48 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much does a jar cost per litre of water treated?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBased on a distributor-stated yield of around 787 L per 250 g jar at the label dose, and this store's price, that's roughly 5.4c per litre.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"API","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774196109603,"sku":null,"price":42.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/api-ph-proper-70-powder-jar-250gm-3000428-1600.jpg?v=1781836805"},{"product_id":"api-ph-proper-7-5-powder-jar-260gm","title":"API pH Proper 7.5 Powder Jar 260gm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSets freshwater pH at 7.5 and holds it there.\u003c\/strong\u003e API Proper pH 7.5 is a phosphate-buffered powder that raises and stabilises aquarium pH at 7.5, while also removing chlorine, neutralising chloramine and detoxifying heavy metals from the water you add it to. It suits goldfish, barbs, Central American cichlids and livebearers such as mollies, platies, swordtails and guppies — freshwater species that do best in neutral-to-mildly-alkaline water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSets and holds pH at 7.5\u003c\/strong\u003e — a buffer resists the tank's natural drift, unlike a one-shot pH adjuster that moves the reading once and lets it wander again.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlso conditions the water\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same dose removes chlorine, neutralises chloramine and detoxifies heavy metals, and adds electrolytes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePhosphate buffer\u003c\/strong\u003e — API states the formula is non-toxic to fish, but it is not compatible with live plants (see below).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafe with invertebrates\u003c\/strong\u003e, per API's label.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e260 g jar\u003c\/strong\u003e, dosed with the enclosed scoop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAPI's label rate is 2 level teaspoons for every 10 US gallons (38 L) of aquarium water. Repeat only when a pH test shows the reading has drifted by more than 0.2 from 7.5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAquarium volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDose at API's label rate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 level teaspoons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e76 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 level teaspoons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e114 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 level tablespoons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 level teaspoons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e380 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 level teaspoons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePre-dissolve the dose in a cup of aquarium water before adding it, so undissolved powder does not sit on the substrate or against a fish. Test weekly rather than dosing on a schedule — dose again only when the number on the test kit tells you to.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003epH buffer and water conditioner, powder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSets pH at\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBuffer chemistry\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePhosphate buffer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAlso does\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemoves chlorine, neutralises chloramine, detoxifies heavy metals, adds electrolytes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 g jar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDose rate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 level teaspoons per 10 US gallons (38 L); repeat only when pH drifts more than 0.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per litre treated\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot shown — API does not publish a grams-per-dose figure, so litres treated per jar cannot be calculated honestly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFreight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoldfish, barbs, Central American cichlids and livebearers (mollies, platies, swordtails, guppies)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFreshwater community tanks running at a neutral-to-mildly-alkaline pH\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInvertebrates — API states the formula is safe with them\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlanted aquariums — the phosphate buffer ties up trace elements live plants need\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarine, reef or African cichlid tanks needing pH 8.2 — use \u003ca href=\"\/products\/api-ph-proper-8-2-powder-jar-200gm\"\u003eAPI Proper pH 8.2\u003c\/a\u003e instead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA single large correction — shift pH gradually and re-test rather than chasing a big swing in one dose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTest pH weekly with a liquid test kit rather than dosing to a schedule. In hard tap water, Proper pH powders can cause temporary cloudiness that clears on its own within 24–48 hours; it does not indicate the product has failed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety and handling\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore the jar sealed and dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-dissolve in a cup of tank water before adding, rather than pouring powder directly into the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/api-freshwater-master-multi-test-kit-5-in-1\"\u003eAPI Freshwater Master Multi Test Kit 5 in 1\u003c\/a\u003e — to confirm the reading before and after dosing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/api-stress-coat\"\u003eAPI Stress Coat\u003c\/a\u003e — for conditioning the fresh tap water a water change brings in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/api-ph-up\"\u003eAPI pH Up\u003c\/a\u003e — for a smaller day-to-day nudge between full re-doses of Proper pH.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a consumable, so no manufacturer warranty period applies. That does not affect your rights under the Australian Consumer Law: if the product is faulty, unsafe or not as described, you are entitled to a remedy. Ships as standard freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill Proper pH 7.5 work in a planted tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAPI does not recommend it. The phosphate buffer binds trace elements that live plants need, so a planted display is better managed with a pH-neutral conditioner and, if needed, treating fish separately in a hospital tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eMy water went cloudy after dosing — is that normal?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, in hard tap water. API states the cloudiness is harmless and typically clears within 24 to 48 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow often do I need to re-dose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly when a pH test shows a drift of more than 0.2 from 7.5 — not on a fixed schedule. Test weekly to know when that is.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this with invertebrates?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. API states the formula is safe with invertebrates, though it is not recommended for planted tanks that also hold live plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between Proper pH 7.5 and API pH Up?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProper pH 7.5 is a buffer — it sets the reading and resists drift back down. API pH Up is a liquid adjuster for a smaller, one-off upward nudge, and does not hold the pH there on its own.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"API","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774196175139,"sku":null,"price":42.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/APH164_2.png?v=1772082362"},{"product_id":"api-ph-proper-8-2-powder-jar-200gm","title":"API pH Proper 8.2 Powder Jar 200gm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSets pH at 8.2 for African cichlid, brackish and marine tanks.\u003c\/strong\u003e API Proper pH 8.2 is a phosphate-free carbonate\/bicarbonate buffer that raises and stabilises pH at 8.2, the level African rift lake cichlids, brackish-water species and saltwater aquariums are built for. The same dose removes chlorine, neutralises chloramine, detoxifies heavy metals and adds electrolytes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSets and holds pH at 8.2\u003c\/strong\u003e — a carbonate\/bicarbonate buffer resists drift, rather than moving the reading once like a liquid adjuster.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePhosphate-free\u003c\/strong\u003e — won't feed algae the way a phosphate buffer can.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlso conditions the water\u003c\/strong\u003e — removes chlorine, neutralises chloramine, detoxifies heavy metals, adds electrolytes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuits saltwater, brackish and African cichlid tanks\u003c\/strong\u003e — anywhere the target is a high, stable pH.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e200 g jar\u003c\/strong\u003e, dosed with the enclosed scoop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAPI's label rate is 1 level scoop, roughly 5 mL, for every 10 US gallons (38 L) of aquarium water. Pre-dissolve it in a separate container of aquarium water before adding, and repeat only when a pH test shows a drift of more than 0.2 from 8.2.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAquarium volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDose at API's label rate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 level scoop (~5 mL)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e76 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 level scoops (~10 mL)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e114 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 level scoops (~15 mL)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 level scoops (~25 mL)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e380 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 level scoops (~50 mL)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003epH buffer and water conditioner, powder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSets pH at\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBuffer chemistry\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbonate\/bicarbonate buffer, phosphate-free\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAlso does\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemoves chlorine, neutralises chloramine, detoxifies heavy metals, adds electrolytes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 g jar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDose rate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 level scoop (~5 mL) per 10 US gallons (38 L); repeat only when pH drifts more than 0.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSaltwater, brackish and African cichlid freshwater tanks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per litre treated\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot shown — API does not publish a grams-per-dose figure, so litres treated per jar cannot be calculated honestly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFreight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAfrican rift lake cichlid tanks (Malawi and Tanganyikan setups)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrackish-water aquariums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarine fish-only systems needing a pH correction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard community freshwater tanks at neutral pH — use \u003ca href=\"\/products\/api-ph-proper-7-5-powder-jar-260gm\"\u003eAPI Proper pH 7.5\u003c\/a\u003e instead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlanted aquariums — buffers of this type are not recommended where live plants need trace elements left free in the water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA one-off large correction — shift pH gradually and re-test rather than chasing a big swing in a single dose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTest pH weekly with a liquid or marine-rated test kit rather than dosing to a schedule. Cloudiness after dosing in hard or mineral-rich water is common with Proper pH powders and typically clears within 24–48 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety and handling\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore the jar sealed and dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-dissolve in a separate container of tank water before adding, rather than pouring powder directly into the aquarium or sump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/api-freshwater-master-multi-test-kit-5-in-1\"\u003eAPI Freshwater Master Multi Test Kit 5 in 1\u003c\/a\u003e — to confirm the reading before and after dosing in a cichlid tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/api-ph-up\"\u003eAPI pH Up\u003c\/a\u003e — for a smaller day-to-day nudge between full re-doses of Proper pH.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/api-aquarium-salt\"\u003eAPI Aquarium Salt\u003c\/a\u003e — many African cichlid setups are also run with added tonic salt; check your species' requirements first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a consumable, so no manufacturer warranty period applies. That does not affect your rights under the Australian Consumer Law: if the product is faulty, unsafe or not as described, you are entitled to a remedy. Ships as standard freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill this work for a saltwater reef tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAPI rates Proper pH 8.2 for saltwater and brackish aquariums generally. For a reef system carrying corals, check the effect on carbonate hardness (KH) alongside your usual reef dosing regime before using a bulk buffer like this one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use Proper pH 8.2 in a standard community freshwater tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can, but most community species are kept at a lower, more neutral pH. If your tank isn't a cichlid, brackish or marine setup, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/api-ph-proper-7-5-powder-jar-260gm\"\u003eAPI Proper pH 7.5\u003c\/a\u003e is the better match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs it phosphate-free?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. API states Proper pH 8.2 uses a carbonate\/bicarbonate buffer with no added phosphates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow often do I need to re-dose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly when a pH test shows a drift of more than 0.2 from 8.2 — not on a fixed schedule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhy does the water go cloudy after I dose it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is common in hard or mineral-rich water and is harmless. It typically clears within 24 to 48 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"API","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774196240675,"sku":null,"price":42.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/APH169.jpg?v=1772082152"},{"product_id":"api-ph-up","title":"API pH Up","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRaises freshwater pH with a controlled, retestable dose.\u003c\/strong\u003e API pH Up is a fast-acting, phosphate- and nitrate-free liquid that raises aquarium pH to suit livebearers, goldfish and hard-water community species. It's colourless and won't cloud the water, and — unlike a powder buffer — it doesn't hold the reading there on its own, so it's built to be dosed, tested and repeated rather than set-and-forget.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRaises pH safely and predictably\u003c\/strong\u003e — a small, controlled dose rather than a large single correction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePhosphate and nitrate-free\u003c\/strong\u003e — won't feed an algae bloom the way some pH adjusters can.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColourless and fast-acting\u003c\/strong\u003e — API states it won't cloud the water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder 1c per litre treated\u003c\/strong\u003e at API's label dose, on both bottle sizes — see the pack comparison below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo pack sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e — 118 mL and a 473 mL professional size for larger systems or fish rooms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAPI's label rate is half a teaspoon (2.5 mL) for every 25 US gallons (95 L) of aquarium water. Retest before adding a second dose — API notes some fish are sensitive to a pH change greater than 0.2 in 24 hours, so raise gradually rather than chasing the target number in one go.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAquarium volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDose at API's label rate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e95 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mL (½ teaspoon)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL (1 teaspoon)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e380 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mL (2 teaspoons)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e475 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.5 mL (2½ teaspoons)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLiquid pH increaser\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDose rate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mL per 25 US gallons (95 L); retest before repeating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFormula\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePhosphate-free, nitrate-free\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack sizes sold here\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e118 mL, 473 mL (professional size)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFreight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich pack size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsing API's label dose of 2.5 mL per 95 L, here is roughly how far each bottle goes and what it costs to raise a litre of water at that rate:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApprox. litres treatable at label dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per litre treated\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e118 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~4,484 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eunder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e473 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~17,974 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eunder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth sizes work out to a fraction of a cent per litre at API's label dose, and the 473 mL professional size costs proportionally less per litre than the 118 mL bottle. That's worth it if you're dosing more than the occasional top-up; the smaller bottle is the sensible choice if pH Up isn't something you reach for often, since an opened bottle doesn't last indefinitely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are estimates calculated from API's label dose rate, not a manufacturer-stated total yield — actual use will vary with how often your water needs correcting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLivebearers, goldfish and other hard-water freshwater community fish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew setups, routine water changes, and correcting a low reading in an established tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarine or reef tanks — this is a freshwater product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge, one-off corrections — dose small amounts and retest rather than chasing the target pH in a single addition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety and handling\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShake before use and measure the dose accurately, especially on the smaller 118 mL bottle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetest pH before adding a further dose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/api-freshwater-master-multi-test-kit-5-in-1\"\u003eAPI Freshwater Master Multi Test Kit 5 in 1\u003c\/a\u003e — to retest before every additional dose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/api-ph-proper-7-5-powder-jar-260gm\"\u003eAPI Proper pH 7.5\u003c\/a\u003e — if you want the pH held at a set point rather than nudged upward as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/api-stress-coat\"\u003eAPI Stress Coat\u003c\/a\u003e — for conditioning the fresh tap water a water change brings in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a consumable, so no manufacturer warranty period applies. That does not affect your rights under the Australian Consumer Law: if the product is faulty, unsafe or not as described, you are entitled to a remedy. Ships as standard freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between pH Up and Proper pH 7.5 or 8.2?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003epH Up is a liquid adjuster — it moves the reading upward but doesn't hold it there. Proper pH 7.5 and 8.2 are powdered buffers that set a target pH and resist drift back down. Use pH Up for a small, occasional nudge; use a Proper pH buffer if you want the reading to stay put.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow quickly can I raise my pH?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAPI notes some fish are sensitive to a pH change greater than 0.2 in 24 hours. Dose small amounts, retest, and repeat over several days rather than trying to hit the target in one addition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill this cloud my water?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. API states the formula is colourless and fast-acting, and doesn't cloud the water the way some powder buffers can in hard tap water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs it safe for planted tanks?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAPI markets pH Up as phosphate- and nitrate-free, which is friendlier to a planted tank than a phosphate-based buffer, but any pH change should still be made gradually to avoid shocking sensitive plant species.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich size should I buy?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 118 mL bottle suits a single tank dosed occasionally. The 473 mL professional size costs less per litre treated and suits a fish room or anyone dosing regularly across multiple tanks.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"API","offers":[{"title":"118ml","offer_id":54774196338979,"sku":null,"price":25.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"473ml Professional Size","offer_id":55335280017699,"sku":"17163020318","price":73.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/APH160_3.png?v=1772082154"},{"product_id":"api-pond-care-algaefix-473ml","title":"API Pond Care Algaefix 473ml","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClears green water, string algae and blanket weed without adding copper to the pond.\u003c\/strong\u003e API Pond AlgaeFix is an EPA-registered algaecide for ornamental ponds, killing algae on contact while leaving fish, plants and surrounding wildlife unharmed when dosed as directed. This 473 mL (16 fl oz) bottle is a concentrate — a single full-strength dose treats roughly 17,900 L of pond water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCopper-free algaecide\u003c\/strong\u003e — controls green water, string algae and blanket weed without the copper risk that rules a product out for shrimp, snails and other invertebrates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEPA-registered active constituent\u003c\/strong\u003e — poly[oxyethylene(dimethyliminio)ethylene(dimethyliminio)ethylene dichloride] at 4.50%.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConcentrated dosing\u003c\/strong\u003e — 5 mL treats 190 L, so one 473 mL bottle covers roughly 17,900 L at a single full dose, at under 1c per litre of pond water treated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFast acting\u003c\/strong\u003e — repeat dosing brings visible algae control within days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFish and plant safe when used as directed\u003c\/strong\u003e — not safe for freshwater crustaceans (see Suitable for, below).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eActive ingredient\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eActive constituent\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePoly[oxyethylene(dimethyliminio)ethylene(dimethyliminio)ethylene dichloride]\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eActive constituent, by weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.50%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOther ingredients\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e95.50%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDeclared as registered on the product's EPA pesticide label. API does not publish a further breakdown of the \"other ingredients\" fraction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAPI (Mars Fishcare)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBottle size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e473 mL (16 fl oz)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse in\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrnamental ponds, water gardens, fountains\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStandard dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL per 190 L (50 US gal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLarge-pond dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mL per 2,275 L (600 US gal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOne bottle treats (single full dose)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 17,900 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per litre treated\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFreight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure 5 mL (1 tsp) per 190 L (50 US gal) of pond water — or 60 mL (¼ cup) per 2,275 L (600 US gal) for larger ponds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMix into a bucket of pond water first, or add near a pump outflow, waterfall or aerator so it disperses evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRepeat the dose every 3 days until algae is under control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOnce clear, switch to one maintenance dose per week.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRun vigorous aeration for 24 hours after each dose, especially in warm weather — decaying algae consumes oxygen as it breaks down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrnamental ponds, water gardens and fountains with green water, string algae or blanket weed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePonds stocked with fish and pond plants, dosed as directed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePonds holding freshwater crustaceans — shrimp, crabs and lobsters — which the label specifically excludes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDosing without follow-up aeration in warm weather, where oxygen depletion from decaying algae is the real risk, not the algaecide itself\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove dead algae as it surfaces rather than leaving it to break down in the pond — decomposing algae releases the nutrients that feed the next bloom, so skimming it out gets more from every dose. \u003ca href=\"\/products\/api-pond-care-ecofix-3-78ltr\"\u003eAPI Pond EcoFix\u003c\/a\u003e is designed to digest that dead algae and the sludge underneath it once the AlgaeFix course is done.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety and handling\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHarmful if swallowed or absorbed through skin; causes moderate eye irritation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlush eyes with water for 15–20 minutes on contact; wash skin with soap and water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf swallowed, contact a doctor or Poison Control immediately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children and pets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/api-pond-care-ecofix-3-78ltr\"\u003eAPI Pond EcoFix\u003c\/a\u003e — beneficial bacteria to digest the dead algae AlgaeFix leaves behind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/api-pond-care-simply-clear-3-78ltr\"\u003eAPI Pond Simply Clear\u003c\/a\u003e — for cloudy water from suspended particles rather than algae growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a consumable pond treatment, so no manufacturer warranty period applies. That doesn't affect your rights under the Australian Consumer Law — if the product is faulty, unsafe or not as described, you're entitled to a remedy. Ships as standard freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill this harm my pond fish?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — API states AlgaeFix will not harm fish or pond plants when dosed as directed. It is not safe for freshwater crustaceans such as shrimp, crabs or lobsters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhy does the pond need extra aeration after dosing?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlgae killed by the treatment decomposes in the water, which consumes dissolved oxygen. Vigorous aeration for 24 hours after dosing, especially in warm weather, prevents that decay from crashing oxygen levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow long until the algae clears?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRepeat the dose every 3 days until the algae is under control, then move to a weekly maintenance dose. Visible improvement is typically seen within the first few doses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this the same as copper-based algaecides?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. AlgaeFix's active constituent is a polymeric compound, not copper, which is why it's safer around plants and most invertebrates — though it still shouldn't be used where freshwater crustaceans are present.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this in an aquarium instead of a pond?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is formulated and labelled for ornamental ponds, water gardens and fountains. Follow the pond dosing directions given here; it is not sold or labelled as an aquarium product.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"API","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774196568355,"sku":null,"price":67.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/APH199_2.png?v=1772082163"},{"product_id":"api-pond-care-ecofix-3-78ltr","title":"API Pond Care Ecofix 3.78ltr","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDigests the sludge an algaecide leaves behind.\u003c\/strong\u003e API Pond EcoFix is a concentrated blend of natural bacteria that breaks down fish waste, dead algae, leaves and grass clippings on the pond floor — reducing sludge, easing odour and improving clarity as the bacteria consume the waste rather than through a clarifying chemical reaction. This 3.78 L (1 US gal) bottle is a season's supply for most ponds, at under 1c per litre of pond water treated at the standard dose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNatural bacterial digester\u003c\/strong\u003e — consumes fish waste, dead algae, leaves and grass clippings rather than masking them, so sludge doesn't just resettle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCuts the nutrient bank that feeds the next algae bloom\u003c\/strong\u003e — the nutrients released as waste rots are exactly what algae feeds on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder 1c per litre of pond water\u003c\/strong\u003e at the standard dosing rate — 3.78 L treats roughly 59,600 L across a season.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafe for fish, plants and surrounding wildlife\u003c\/strong\u003e when used as directed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePairs directly with an algaecide course\u003c\/strong\u003e — dose after algae is knocked back, to clear the dead material it leaves behind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAPI's consumer label describes EcoFix only as an all-natural, highly concentrated bacteria blend and does not name the specific bacterial strains used. Flagged as unverified — contact API directly if strain-level detail matters for your setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAPI (Mars Fishcare)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBottle size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.78 L (1 US gal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse in\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrnamental ponds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInitial\/seasonal dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mL per 946 L (250 US gal), twice weekly for 2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaintenance dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mL per 946 L (250 US gal), every 2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOne bottle treats (initial dose basis)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 59,600 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per litre treated\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFreight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAt spring start-up and again at season end, dose 60 mL (4 tbsp) per 946 L (250 US gal), twice weekly for 2 weeks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor ongoing maintenance through the season, drop to 30 mL (2 tbsp) per 946 L (250 US gal) every 2 weeks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShake well before each use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhere algae has been treated with an algaecide, dose EcoFix afterwards so the bacteria have dead algae and waste to work on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrnamental ponds carrying a sludge or organic-waste load on the floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePonds with fish and plants, dosed as directed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing mechanical filtration or regular debris removal in heavily stocked ponds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearing water that's cloudy from suspended particles rather than settled organic waste — see \u003ca href=\"\/products\/api-pond-care-simply-clear-3-78ltr\"\u003eAPI Pond Simply Clear\u003c\/a\u003e for that\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacterial activity is temperature-dependent — expect faster digestion as water warms into spring and summer, and slower results over winter. Keep dosing on schedule through the season rather than only when sludge becomes visible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety and handling\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWash hands after handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShake well before use; store as directed on the label.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/api-pond-care-algaefix-473ml\"\u003eAPI Pond AlgaeFix\u003c\/a\u003e — dose the algaecide first, then EcoFix to digest the dead algae it leaves behind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/api-pond-care-simply-clear-3-78ltr\"\u003eAPI Pond Simply Clear\u003c\/a\u003e — for cloudiness from suspended particles rather than settled sludge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a consumable pond treatment, so no manufacturer warranty period applies. That doesn't affect your rights under the Australian Consumer Law — if the product is faulty, unsafe or not as described, you're entitled to a remedy. Ships as standard freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow is EcoFix different from AlgaeFix?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEcoFix digests organic waste and sludge with bacteria. AlgaeFix kills living algae with an EPA-registered algaecide. They solve different problems and are often used together — algaecide first, then EcoFix.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill EcoFix clear cloudy water on its own?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly if the cloudiness is caused by organic waste breaking down. If it's fine suspended particles or silt, pair it with Simply Clear, which is built for that.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes cold weather affect it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — bacterial digestion slows as water cools, so expect faster results through the warmer months and slower results over winter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs it safe to dose with fish and plants in the pond?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, when used as directed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes one bottle really last a season?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — on the maintenance dosing schedule, 3.78 L covers roughly 59,600 L. Heavily stocked or sludge-heavy ponds may need more frequent dosing.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"API","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774196666659,"sku":null,"price":330.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/APH251_1.png?v=1772082165"},{"product_id":"api-pond-care-simply-clear-3-78ltr","title":"API Pond Care Simply Clear 3.78ltr","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTurns murky pond water clear, and treats what's causing it.\u003c\/strong\u003e API Pond Simply Clear combines a fast-acting clarifier with beneficial bacteria — the clarifier clumps suspended particles so your filter can catch them, while the bacteria digest the organic waste behind the cloudiness. This 3.78 L bottle is a season's supply for most ponds, at under 1c per litre of pond water treated at the standard dose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo-part action\u003c\/strong\u003e — a clarifier clumps fine suspended particles into filterable clumps, while beneficial bacteria digest the organic waste causing the cloudiness underneath.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder 1c per litre of pond water\u003c\/strong\u003e at the standard dosing rate — 3.78 L treats roughly 59,600 L across a season.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafe for pond fish, plants, wildlife and pets\u003c\/strong\u003e when used as directed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormulated for freshwater ponds.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAPI's consumer label describes Simply Clear as a super-concentrated blend of beneficial bacteria plus a clarifying agent, without naming the specific bacterial strains or the clarifier's active agent. Flagged as unverified — contact API directly if this detail matters for your setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAPI (Mars Fishcare)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBottle size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.78 L (1 US gal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse in\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrnamental ponds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInitial\/seasonal dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mL per 946 L (250 US gal), twice weekly for 2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaintenance dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mL per 946 L (250 US gal), every 2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOne bottle treats (initial dose basis)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 59,600 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per litre treated\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFreight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInitial dose: 60 mL (4 tbsp) per 946 L (250 US gal), twice weekly for 2 weeks — typically at spring start-up and season end.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance dose: 30 mL (2 tbsp) per 946 L (250 US gal), every 2 weeks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShake well before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse or clean pond filter media regularly while dosing — the clumped particles need to be physically caught and removed, or they simply redisperse back into the water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCloudy pond water caused by suspended particles and organic waste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreen water caused by living algae — that's an algaecide's job; see \u003ca href=\"\/products\/api-pond-care-algaefix-473ml\"\u003eAPI Pond AlgaeFix\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSludge already settled on the pond floor in otherwise clear water — Simply Clear targets what's suspended in the water column, not what's settled; see \u003ca href=\"\/products\/api-pond-care-ecofix-3-78ltr\"\u003eAPI Pond EcoFix\u003c\/a\u003e for that\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse or clean filter media regularly through the dosing period so the clumped particles are actually removed from the system, not just recirculated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety and handling\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShake well before use; store as directed on the label.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/api-pond-care-algaefix-473ml\"\u003eAPI Pond AlgaeFix\u003c\/a\u003e — if the cloudiness is green water from living algae rather than suspended particles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/api-pond-care-ecofix-3-78ltr\"\u003eAPI Pond EcoFix\u003c\/a\u003e — for sludge that's already settled on the pond floor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a consumable pond treatment, so no manufacturer warranty period applies. That doesn't affect your rights under the Australian Consumer Law — if the product is faulty, unsafe or not as described, you're entitled to a remedy. Ships as standard freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between Simply Clear and AlgaeFix?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply Clear treats cloudiness from suspended particles and organic waste with a clarifier and bacteria; it does not kill living algae. If the water is green from algae growth, use AlgaeFix instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between Simply Clear and EcoFix?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply Clear targets what's suspended in the water column. EcoFix targets sludge that's already settled on the pond floor. Ponds with both problems often use both products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to do anything else while dosing?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — rinse or clean filter media regularly. The clarifier only clumps particles; your filter has to catch and remove them or they'll redisperse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs it safe with fish and plants?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, when dosed as directed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow long before the water clears?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAPI's directions call for twice-weekly dosing for two weeks initially. Most ponds show visible improvement within that window, then move to fortnightly maintenance dosing.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"API","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774196764963,"sku":null,"price":375.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/APH257.jpg?v=1772082168"},{"product_id":"api-stress-coat-473ml-with-pump-dispenser","title":"API Stress Coat 473ml with Pump Dispenser","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne-handed pump dosing makes small, frequent water changes fast.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is the same API Stress Coat conditioner sold in other sizes, packaged here in a 473 mL bottle with a pump top rather than a screw cap. Press the pump for quick, mess-free dosing instead of measuring a capful - handy for smaller tanks, frequent top-ups, or anyone who finds capful-measuring fiddly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePump-top dispensing for one-handed, no-drip dosing - no cap to fill, tip or rinse.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemoves chlorine and chloramines, detoxifies heavy metals, and neutralises ammonia in tap water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContains aloe vera, forming a supplementary slime coat to help fish cope with handling, netting, transport or a new tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafe with fish, invertebrates and live plants; does not affect biological filtration or pH.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAt the standard label dose, this bottle treats roughly 3,594 L - about 1 cent per litre treated at $59.95.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAPI (Mars Fishcare)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFormat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e473 mL pump-dispenser bottle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eActive ingredient\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAloe vera leaf, 0.05 g\/100 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAlso treats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChlorine, chloramines, heavy metals, ammonia\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard dose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL per 10 US gallons (approx. 37.8-38 L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigher dose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble, around handling, netting, transport or new fish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater treated per bottle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~3,594 L (calculated, not API-published)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and saltwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtein skimmers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended while running\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd 5 mL per 10 US gallons (about 37.8-38 L) at each water change or top-up. Double the dose around netting, handling, transport, new tank set-up or new fish. API has not published a per-pump mL figure, so dose by measured mL against the label rate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for \/ not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for freshwater and saltwater aquariums, fish, invertebrates and live plants. Not recommended while a protein skimmer is running - turn it off during dosing. For ornamental aquarium fish only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep out of reach of children. This is a water conditioner, not a fish medication, and does not treat disease. Dose conservatively around invertebrates and monitor parameters afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn aquarium water test kit and a gravel vacuum or siphon for routine partial water changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by the consumer guarantees under Australian Consumer Law, including repair, replacement or refund if a bottle or pump arrives faulty or not as described.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat does the pump version offer over the standard bottle?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe same formula and dose rate - the pump lets you dose one-handed without measuring a capful, suiting frequent small top-ups or smaller tanks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much water will one 473 mL bottle treat?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRoughly 3,594 L at the standard label dose of 5 mL per 10 US gallons - calculated from the labelled rate, not a figure API publishes directly. At the current price that works out to about 1 cent per litre treated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it in a marine tank with a protein skimmer?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is labelled suitable for saltwater but not recommended while a protein skimmer is running, so switch it off during dosing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs it safe for shrimp, snails and other invertebrates?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - the label states it is safe for fish, invertebrates and plants, and does not affect the biological filter or pH.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"API","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774198206755,"sku":null,"price":59.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/APH202_5.png?v=1772082181"},{"product_id":"seachem-reef-complete","title":"Seachem Reef Complete","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConcentrated calcium that won't spike your pH.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem Reef Complete is a 160,000 mg\/L ionic calcium blend that also supplies magnesium and strontium in the ratio natural seawater carries them — the three elements hard corals, clams and coralline algae draw down fastest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConcentrated ionic calcium\u003c\/strong\u003e at 155–160 mg per gram of product.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnesium and strontium included\u003c\/strong\u003e, in a 100:5:0.1 ratio to calcium — matching natural seawater rather than calcium alone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWon't spike pH\u003c\/strong\u003e when dosed as directed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuits SPS, LPS, clams and coralline algae\u003c\/strong\u003e, all of which draw calcium down quickly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCosts under 1c per litre of tank water dosed\u003c\/strong\u003e at every pack size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStandard dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLitres this pack doses\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$12.95\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL per 80 L, twice weekly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,600 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$19.95\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL per 80 L, twice weekly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$22.95\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL per 80 L, twice weekly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTarget calcium is 380–420 mg\/L, with alkalinity held at 3–6 meq\/L (8–17 dKH) alongside it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eComponent\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmount per gram\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCalcium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e155–160 mg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnesium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mg minimum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStrontium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.16 mg minimum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActive constituents: calcium chloride, magnesium chloride, strontium chloride.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for reef aquariums with hard corals, clams or coralline algae drawing calcium down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot a substitute for testing — dose to a calcium test result, not on a fixed schedule.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot for freshwater aquariums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeginner dose: 5 mL per 80 L, twice weekly. Check calcium every fortnight. Each 5 mL\/80 L dose raises calcium by roughly 10 mg\/L; do not exceed 12.5 mL per 80 L in a single day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a continuous dosing pump, Seachem publishes the formula m = vc\/160, where m is mL of Reef Complete, v is tank volume in litres and c is the mg\/L calcium rise wanted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCost per litre at every pack size works out under 1c, calculated on the standard dose:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per litre dosed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCauses serious eye irritation — avoid contact with skin and eyes, and keep out of reach of children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not exceed 12.5 mL per 80 L per day. Excess calcium can accelerate the loss of carbonate alkalinity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not mix directly with a carbonate or alkalinity supplement — dose on alternate days or space doses at least 30 minutes apart.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the cap sealed between doses and store out of direct sunlight at room temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-reef-buffer\"\u003eSeachem Reef Buffer\u003c\/a\u003e — for pH alongside calcium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-reef-carbonate\"\u003eSeachem Reef Carbonate\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-reef-builder\"\u003eSeachem Reef Builder\u003c\/a\u003e — the alkalinity half of the balance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by the manufacturer's standard warranty against defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I dose Reef Complete and an alkalinity supplement on the same day?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, but not at the same time — space the two doses at least 30 minutes apart, or alternate days, so the calcium and carbonate don't react before they've mixed through the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill Reef Complete affect my pH?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot when dosed as directed — it's formulated to add calcium without the pH swing a straight calcium chloride solution can cause.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the ratio of magnesium and strontium to calcium?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRoughly 100:5:0.1 — calcium, magnesium, strontium — matching the balance found in natural seawater.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this reef safe for SPS and clams?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — it's formulated specifically for the elements SPS, LPS, clams and coralline algae draw down fastest.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"100ml","offer_id":55242163061027,"sku":"AA0850","price":12.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"250ml","offer_id":55335266124067,"sku":"AA0851","price":19.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"500ml","offer_id":55335266156835,"sku":"AA0852","price":22.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/0615-reef-dip-100-ml_4079dd80-b0b5-48d5-ac8c-5086f0c3fc46.png?v=1782710511"},{"product_id":"coral-capsules-fish-protect-35-capsules","title":"Coral Capsules - Fish Protect (35 capsules)","description":"\u003cp\u003ePre-measured reef capsules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReefalicious Fish Protect capsules are pre-measured doses that support fish health and help them cope with stress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to use it:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-measured capsules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo mixing or measuring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e35 capsules per pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know:\u003c\/strong\u003e Drop a capsule into the tank as directed; one capsule per pack dose. Our North Lakes team can help.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e BA8408\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Reefalicious\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Reef dosing capsules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35 capsules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Reef aquariums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Reefalicious","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242214080803,"sku":"BA8408","price":40.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"live-bacteria-500ml","title":"Live Bacteria 500ml","description":"\u003cp\u003eSeed your tank with live bacteria.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReefalicious Live Bacteria is a concentrated culture of beneficial bacteria that kick-starts and maintains the biological filtration in marine and reef tanks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to use it:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConcentrated live bacteria\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpeeds up cycling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintains stable biology\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dose to a new or established tank as directed; shake well and keep cool. Our North Lakes team can help.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e AA3820\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Reefalicious\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beneficial bacteria\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 500ml\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Marine and reef\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Reefalicious","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242215784739,"sku":"AA3820","price":39.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/live-bacteria_8cfdaf4e-20aa-4a27-b586-0293de36dd00.jpg?v=1786079505"},{"product_id":"f2-starter-100ml-1ml-per-1l-of-saltwater","title":"F2 Starter 100ml 1ml per 1L of Saltwater","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrow your own phytoplankton at home, dosed to the millilitre.\u003c\/strong\u003e Reefalicious F2 Starter 100 mL is a concentrated nutrient medium for culturing live marine phytoplankton, sold by the Australian live-foods brand Reefalicious. It's added to a saltwater culture vessel — not directly to the display tank — to keep phytoplankton dividing and ready to feed to copepods, rotifers, clams and other filter feeders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConcentrated nutrient medium\u003c\/strong\u003e — one 100 mL bottle doses up to 100 litres of saltwater culture, at 1 mL per litre.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorks out to $0.50 per litre of saltwater treated\u003c\/strong\u003e — each bottle doses 100 litres at the standard 1 mL per litre rate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeeds a standing phyto culture\u003c\/strong\u003e — keep a jar going under light indoors, rather than buying bottled phytoplankton on a schedule.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimple, repeatable dosing\u003c\/strong\u003e — measured by the millilitre, so top-ups are consistent once you've set a rhythm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePairs with a starter culture\u003c\/strong\u003e — this product is the fertiliser, not the algae itself; you'll need a live phytoplankton culture to inoculate the vessel (see Reefalicious Live Phytoplankton, sold separately).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBA8669\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefalicious\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePhytoplankton culture medium (nutrient fertiliser)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBottle size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDosing rate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL per litre of saltwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine \/ saltwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow to dose it\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAdd 1 mL of F2 Starter per litre of saltwater in your phytoplankton culture vessel — for a 2 litre jar, that's 2 mL. Dose each time you top the culture up with fresh saltwater, or on the schedule recommended for your phytoplankton strain. Keep the culture under light with gentle aeration; a healthy culture typically turns a deeper green over 3–5 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e hobbyists culturing their own live phytoplankton at home to feed copepods, rotifers, clams, feather dusters and other filter feeders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e dosing directly into a display tank or sump — this is a fertiliser for a separate culture vessel, not a tank additive. It isn't a substitute for a bottled, ready-to-dose phytoplankton product such as Reefalicious Live Phytoplankton.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStorage\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dark place out of direct sunlight and keep the cap tightened between uses. Reefalicious doesn't publish a shelf life for this product; if the medium changes colour, smells off, or a culture stops responding to it, treat it as spent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefalicious Live Phytoplankton\u003c\/strong\u003e — the fastest way to start, or restart, a culture, since F2 Starter is the fertiliser, not the algae.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefalicious Live Copepods\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eReefalicious Live Rotifers\u003c\/strong\u003e — feed your home-grown phytoplankton straight to a pod or rotifer culture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by the consumer guarantees under Australian Consumer Law, in addition to any manufacturer terms. As a liquid product, freight options may be limited on some delivery methods — check available options for your postcode at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs this the algae itself, or the food for the algae?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt's the food. F2 Starter is a nutrient medium that fertilises a live phytoplankton culture — you'll still need a starter culture of live phytoplankton to inoculate it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I dose it straight into my display tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It's designed for a separate culture vessel. Dosing a concentrated nutrient medium into a display tank or sump risks a nutrient spike and an algae bloom you didn't intend.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow long will one 100 mL bottle last?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt the standard 1 mL per litre rate, 100 mL doses 100 litres of culture in total — how long that lasts in practice depends on how often you top up or start a fresh batch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat strain of phytoplankton does this feed?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eReefalicious doesn't publish strain-specific dosing advice, so treat 1 mL per litre as the standard starting rate for a general-purpose marine phytoplankton culture, and adjust based on how your culture responds.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Reefalicious","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242218406179,"sku":"BA8669","price":50.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"aquaculture-kings-coral-blitz-50g","title":"Aquaculture Kings Coral Blitz 50g","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA freeze-dried dip that clears pests off new corals before they reach your display.\u003c\/strong\u003e Aquaculture Kings Coral Blitz is a 50g coral dip for SPS, LPS and soft corals, used to treat new arrivals and frags in a separate container before they go anywhere near your main system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreeze-dried formula\u003c\/strong\u003e — 100% naturally occurring ingredients with no preservatives or additives, according to the manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDip, not a system dose\u003c\/strong\u003e — mixed with a small amount of tank water in a separate dipping container, not added to the display or sump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpoon included\u003c\/strong\u003e — for measuring out the freeze-dried powder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorks across coral types\u003c\/strong\u003e — suited to SPS, LPS and soft corals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50g, spoon included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eForm\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreeze-dried powder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoral pest and parasite dip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSPS, LPS and soft corals\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat it does, and what it doesn't\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCoral Blitz is a dip used to clear pests and parasites from new corals and frags before they're added to an established tank. Aquaculture Kings also markets it for encouraging feeding response and polyp extension once corals are in a dip solution. It's a quarantine and pest-control step, not a general coral food dosed into the display, and it doesn't replace ongoing quarantine practice for new arrivals.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAquaculture Kings describes Coral Blitz as 100% naturally occurring, freeze-dried ingredients with no preservatives or additives added. The manufacturer does not publish an ingredient-by-ingredient breakdown for this product — if you need the full declaration, contact Aquaculture Kings directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMix the freeze-dried powder with a small amount of tank water in a separate dipping container — never add it directly to your display or sump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDip new corals and frags in the mixed solution before introducing them to your system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor established corals, the manufacturer's directions allow spot-feeding or broadcast feeding into high-flow areas 2–3 times a week, adjusted to coral demand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse corals in clean saltwater after dipping and before placing them in the display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSafety around fish and invertebrates\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse Coral Blitz as a dip in a separate container, not as a system additive — it isn't labelled for continuous dosing into a tank holding fish or invertebrates. Keep it out of reach of children and out of contact with skin and eyes; it's not for human consumption.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for SPS, LPS and soft coral owners quarantining or pest-treating new arrivals, and for reefers wanting to encourage feeding response on established corals. Not suitable as a substitute for a proper quarantine period, and not intended for direct dosing into a display tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA dedicated dip or quarantine container — keeps Coral Blitz solution away from your main system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeeding pipette or syringe — for spot-feeding individual polyps once corals are settled.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoral frag glue or putty — for mounting treated frags straight after dipping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place with the container sealed between uses. Contact us if your pack arrives damaged or past its use-by date.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I pour Coral Blitz straight into my display tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — it's designed to be mixed with a small amount of tank water in a separate container and used as a dip, not dosed into the main system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow often can I feed established corals with it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer's directions suggest 2–3 times a week, spot-fed or broadcast into high flow, adjusted to how well your corals are feeding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it list every ingredient on the label?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAquaculture Kings states it's 100% naturally occurring freeze-dried ingredients with no preservatives, but doesn't publish a full ingredient-by-ingredient list.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs it reef safe for fish and invertebrates?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, when used as directed as a coral dip — it isn't intended to be dosed directly into a tank with livestock.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aquaculture Kings","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242227613987,"sku":"BA9043","price":54.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"continuum-ulns-nitro-500mll","title":"Continuum ULNS Nitro Nitrogen Supplement 500ml","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eContinuum ULNS Nitro restores nitrogen to reef tanks that have been stripped too clean.\u003c\/strong\u003e It's a complex inorganic nitrogen source built for ultra-low-nutrient systems (ULNS) where nitrate has bottomed out — the point where corals start to pale, bleach or lose tissue because the bacteria and zooxanthellae they depend on are starving. Dosing is calculated from your measured nitrate reading rather than applied on a fixed schedule, so testing before every dose isn't optional.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTargeted nitrogen source\u003c\/strong\u003e — for reef systems where nitrate has fallen below Continuum's recommended range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDose calculated from your test result\u003c\/strong\u003e — not a flat daily dose; you measure, then dose to the number.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePairs with bacterial dosing\u003c\/strong\u003e — Continuum recommends using it alongside BacterGen•M or Reef Micro•Fuel for bacterial support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdvanced hobbyist product\u003c\/strong\u003e — intended for reefers already running a ULNS system and comfortable testing regularly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/strong\u003e — at Continuum's reference dosing rate, the 500 mL bottle works out to under 1c per litre of tank water treated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplex inorganic nitrogen supplement for nitrate-limited reef systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eActive constituents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuum describes this as a complex inorganic nitrogen source (nitrogen salts); a full ingredient breakdown is not published\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTarget nitrate range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0–5.0 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitability\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine and reef aquaria running ultra-low-nutrient systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per litre\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mL: under 1c per litre, based on Continuum's reference dose of 5 mL per 100 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow much do I dose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003e5 mL raises nitrate by approximately 0.5 ppm in 100 L (25 US gallons). For other volumes, Continuum's formula is: tank volume in US gallons × desired ppm increase × 0.4 = millilitres to dose. As an example, a 100-US-gallon tank needing a 0.5 ppm rise takes about 20 mL, or roughly 4 capfuls.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eBefore you dose\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eTest nitrate and phosphate first. Only dose if nitrate is below 3.0 ppm — Continuum's target range for a ULNS system is 3.0 to 5.0 ppm. Shake the bottle well, dose, then wait 24 hours before retesting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat to pair it with\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eContinuum recommends dosing alongside BacterGen•M or Reef Micro•Fuel for bacterial support, and pairing with Continuum ULNS Phos if phosphate is also undetectable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e established reef systems running ultra-low-nutrient husbandry where nitrate has dropped below 3.0 ppm and corals are showing signs of nutrient starvation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e tanks that are not nitrate-limited — dosing nitrogen into a system that doesn't need it will push nutrients up and can trigger nuisance algae.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOveruse can promote nuisance algae, so dose to a tested figure rather than guessing. Keep out of reach of children; not for human consumption. Contains nitrogen salts — if the product contacts eyes, flush with water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSold with Continuum's standard packaging warranty against manufacturing defects, in addition to the consumer guarantees you're entitled to under Australian Consumer Law. Ships from Nick's Aquarium Oceanarium Terrarium in Brisbane \/ North Lakes, QLD.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow do I know if I need this?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf your reef tank's nitrate has dropped below Continuum's recommended 3.0–5.0 ppm range and corals are paling, bleaching or losing tissue, ULNS Nitro is designed to bring nitrate back into range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow often can I dose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eContinuum's process is test, dose, then wait 24 hours before retesting — there's no fixed daily schedule. Dose again once you've confirmed where nitrate sits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this to lower nitrate?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. ULNS Nitro adds nitrogen — it raises nitrate, it doesn't lower it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat else should I be dosing alongside it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eContinuum recommends BacterGen•M or Reef Micro•Fuel for bacterial support, and its companion product ULNS Phos if phosphate is also undetectable.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Continuum","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242229809443,"sku":"AA3811","price":44.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/Continuum_Ulns_Nitro-web_5ba9e4859113b.jpg?v=1782710942"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/collections\/aquavitro-activate-150ml-3000725-1600_3899427d-2156-419f-b5e0-31c613d9a4bf.jpg?v=1782734051","url":"https:\/\/nicksaquariumoceanariumterrarium.com.au\/collections\/water-treatments-additives.oembed?page=2","provider":"Nicks Aquarium Oceanarium Terrarium","version":"1.0","type":"link"}